Spreadsheet: ef556715-5439-4055-89cb-7198d2c8fee5
Sheet: ZQueryItemListLCArt

CallNumber | Title | Vol | Chron | Author | Publisher | PubDate | Charges | Browses
TP 807 .C84 1996 | Ceramic technology for potters and sculptors / [NAME] ; line drawings by [NAME]. |  |  | Cuff, [NAME]. | University of Pennsylvania Press, | c1996. | 9 | 2
TP 807 .N363 1988 | Ceramics : a potter's handbook / [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME] | Harcourt Brace Jovanovich College Publishers, | c1988. | 22 | 11
TP 807 .R253 | Books of ceramics; translated by [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME],[NAME]. | Spring Books | [1960] | 1 | 3
TP807 .B57 | Technique of pottery. |  |  | Billington, [NAME] | [NAME] | [1962] | 0 | 0
TP807 .C4 | Ceramic data book. | [NAME] |  |  | Industrial Publications, Inc., |  | 0 | 0
TP807 .C4 | Ceramic data book. | yr.1967 |  |  | Industrial Publications, Inc., |  | 0 | 0
TP807 .C4 | Ceramic data book. | yr.1968 |  |  | Industrial Publications, Inc., |  | 0 | 0
TP807 .C455 1988 | Ceramics : applications in manufacturing / [NAME], editor. |  |  |  | Society of Manufacturing Engineers, Publications Development Dept., Reference Publications Division, | c1988. | 4 | 0
TP807 .C46 | Ceramics in the modern world; man's first technology comes of age, by [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME]. | Doubleday, | 1968 [c1967] | 3 | 3
TP807 .C47 2005 | Ceramic process : a manual and source of inspiration for ceramic art and design / European Ceramic Work Centre ; [NAME]. |  |  |  | A & C Black ; University of Pennsylvania Press, | 2005. | 3 | 2
TP807 .D56 1986 | Pottery science : materials, process[es], and products / [NAME] ; with a foreword by Sir [NAME]. |  |  | Dinsdale, [NAME], 1913- | [NAME] ; Halsted Press [distributor], | 1986. | 2 | 0
TP807 .G47 | Practical guide to pottery / [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME]. | Barron's, | 1977. | 12 | 3
TP807 .H4 1985 | Make your own ceramic decals : a complete handbook / by [NAME]. |  |  | Healy, [NAME]. | AMACO Publishing, | c1985. | 3 | 1
TP807 .H67 | Modern ceramics: some principles and concepts, edited by J.E. Hove [and] [NAME]. |  |  | Hove, [NAME], | [NAME] | [1965] | 1 | 1
TP807 .K36 | Ceramic design. Drawings by [NAME]. |  |  | Kenny, [NAME] | Chilton Books | [1963] | 6 | 5
TP807 .L42 | [NAME]'s book; with introductions by [NAME] and [NAME]. |  |  | Leach, [NAME], 1887- | Transatlantic Arts | [1972] | 14 | 2
TP807 .N36 | Ceramic reference manual. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME] | Burgess Pub. Co. | [1957] | 4 | 1
TP807 .N65 | Elements of ceramics. |  |  | Norton, [NAME] ([NAME]), 1896- | Addison-Wesley Press, | 1952. | 1 | 1
TP807 .R27 | Introduction to the technology of pottery. |  |  | Rado, [NAME]. | Pergamon Press | [1969] | 3 | 1
TP808 .B34 | Clay in the classroom; a means to creative expressions. |  |  | Barford, [NAME]. | Davis Publications | [c1963] | 1 | 1
TP808 .B6 1967 | [NAME]'s craft. |  |  | Binns, [NAME], 1857-1934. | [NAME] | [1967] | 2 | 2
TP808 .B6513 | Exploring fire and clay: man, fire, and clay through the ages. |  |  | BjÃ¸rn, Arne. | [NAME] Reinhold | [1969] | 3 | 0
TP808 .C4 | Ceramic projects; a selection of projects for classroom, home, and studio, originally published in the form of articles in Ceramics monthly magazine. |  |  |  | Professional Publications | [1971, c1963] | 2 | 2
TP808 .C53 1983 | [NAME]'s manual / [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME] ([NAME]) | Chartwell Books, Inc., | 1983. | 4 | 1
TP808 .C55 | Practical pottery and ceramics. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME] ([NAME]) | Viking Press | [c1965, c1964] | 1 | 1
TP808 .C56 | Pottery: the technique of throwing; photographs by [NAME]. |  |  | Colbeck, [NAME]. | Batsford; Watson-Guptill Publications, | 1969. | 4 | 1
TP808 .C56 | Pottery: the technique of throwing; photographs by [NAME]. |  |  | Colbeck, [NAME]. | Batsford; Watson-Guptill Publications, | 1969. | 2 | 0
TP808 .C578 | Common clay. Photos. by [NAME]. |  |  | Counts, [NAME]. | Droke House/Hallux | [1971] | 2 | 3
TP808 .D7 1961 | Making pottery figures. |  |  | Drawbell, [NAME]. | [NAME], | 1961. | 4 | 1
TP808 .D8 | How to make pottery and ceramic sculpture, 20 graded projects, by Julia [NAME] and [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME]. | Museum of Modern Art, distributed by International Textbook Co. | [c1947] | 3 | 0
TP808 .G7 | Experimenting with pottery; [by] [NAME]. |  |  | Green, [NAME], 1929- | Faber, | 1971. | 4 | 3
TP808 .J37 | Ceramics and pottery making for everyone. With drawings by the author, pref. by [NAME]. |  |  | Janeway, Carol. | [NAME]. Co. | [1950] | 2 | 1
TP808 .K4 | Complete book of pottery making; with photos. and drawings made especially for this book by the author. |  |  | Kenny, [NAME] | Greenberg | [1949] | 4 | 1
TP808 .K4 | Complete book of pottery making; with photos. and drawings made especially for this book by the author. |  |  | Kenny, [NAME] | Greenberg | [1949] | 5 | 2
TP808 .L27 | Home potter. |  |  | Lauder, [NAME]. | Universe Books | [1971, c1970] | 1 | 1
TP808 .L76 | Making ceramics [by] Lis and [NAME]. |  |  | Lundkvist-Husberg, Lis. | Reinhold | [1967] | 1 | 1
TP808 .M35 | Getting started in ceramics [by] [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME] | [NAME]. Co. | [1971] | 5 | 1
TP808 .M38 1971 | Art of making pottery; from clay to kiln, by [NAME]. |  |  | Memmott, [NAME]. | [NAME]; distributed by Crown Publishers | [1971] | 7 | 1
TP808 .N3 | Japanese pottery as a hobby. |  |  | Nagumo, [NAME], 1931- | Toto Shuppan Co.; [distributed solely by] Japan Publications Trading Co., | [c1963] | 4 | 2
TP808 .N64 | Ceramics for the artist potter. |  |  | Norton, [NAME] ([NAME]), 1896- | Addison-Wesley Pub. Co. | [1956] | 3 | 2
TP808 .P58 1972 | [NAME]'s wheel projects; a selection of projects for classroom, home, and studio. Prepared by the staff of Ceramics monthly magazine. |  |  |  | Professional Publications | [1972, c1968] | 5 | 1
TP808 .R49 1973 | Clay and glazes for the potter. |  |  | Rhodes, [NAME], 1911- | Chilton Book Co. | [1974, c1973] | 7 | 2
TP808 .R67 1972 | Complete book of ceramic art. |  |  | [NAME], Polly. | Crown | [1972] | 11 | 4
TP808 .S4 1972 | Throwing on the potter's wheel. |  |  | Sellers, [NAME] | Professional Publications | [1972, c1960] | 7 | 0
TP808 .S75 | Ceramics for all. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME]. | Barnes & Noble | [1950] | 0 | 0
TP808 .V54 | First book of ceramics. |  |  | Villiard, [NAME]. | Funk & Wagnalls | [1969] | 0 | 1
TP808 .W63 1969 | Technique of handbuilt pottery. |  |  | Winterburn, [NAME]. | Watson-Guptill Publications | [1969, c1966] | 4 | 5
TP808 [NAME] | How to do ceramics, by [NAME]. | v.1 |  | Lion, [NAME] | [NAME], | c1950] | 0 | 1
TP808 [NAME] | How to do ceramics, by [NAME]. | v.2 |  | Lion, [NAME] | [NAME], | c1950] | 0 | 0
TP809 .A6 | Ceramic tests and calculations, by [NAME] ... |  |  | [NAME], [NAME], 1895- | J. Wiley & Sons, inc.; Chapman & Hall, limited, | 1928. | 0 | 0
[NAME] .N68 no. 1-4 | Notes from a ceramic laboratory / by [NAME] [et [NAME].] |  |  | Shepard, [NAME], 1903- | Carnegie Institution of Washington, | 1977. | 0 | 0
TP810 .N68 no.4 | Maya blue, an updated record / Anna O. Shepard [and] [NAME]. |  |  | Shepard, [NAME], 1903- | Carnegie Institution of Washington, | 1971. | 3 | 0
TP810.5 .G75 1971 | Chemistry and physics of clays and allied ceramic materials, by [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME] | Wiley-Interscience | [1971] | 0 | 0
TP810.5 .L38 1982 | Ceramic science for the potter / W.G. Lawrence & R.R. West. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME] (Willis Grant), 1916- | Chilton Book Co., | c1982. | 6 | 1
TP810.5 .W66 1982 | Ceramic raw materials / by [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME] | Pergamon Press, | 1982. | 5 | 1
TP 812 .R6 1991 | Ash glazes / [NAME]. |  |  | Rogers, [NAME]. | A & C Black, ; Chilton Book Co., | 1991. | 17 | 3
TP 812 .W65 1999 | Chinese glazes : their origins, chemistry, and recreation / [NAME]. |  |  | Wood, [NAME]. | A & C Black ; University of Pennylvania Press, | 1999. | 2 | 3
TP812 .C55 | Technique of enamelling [by] [NAME], Francis & Ida Feher. |  |  | Clarke, [NAME], 1924- | Batsford; Reinhold, | 1967. | 2 | 1
TP812 .G77 1973 | Pottery glazes, by [NAME]. |  |  | Green, [NAME], 1929- | Watson-Guptill Publications | [1973, c1963] | 8 | 0
TP812 .P28 1951 | Ceramic glazes. |  |  | Parmelee, Cullen Warner, 1874-1947. | Industrial Publications | [1951] | 5 | 2
TP812 .R522 2001 | American shino : the glaze of a thousand faces / Lester Richter. |  |  | Richter, Lester | Babcock Galleries, | 2001. | 4 | 1
TP812 .S43 | Ceramic glazes. |  |  | Shaw, [NAME]. | Elsevier, | 1971. | 4 | 4
TP812 .S87 2005 | Glazes from natural sources : a working handbook for potters / [NAME]. |  |  | Sutherland, [NAME]. | A & C Black ; University of Pennsylvania Press, | 2005. | 2 | 1
TP812 .T527 1985 | Reds, reds, copper reds / [NAME]. |  |  | Tichane, [NAME], 1925- | New York State Institute for Glaze Research, | c1985. | 7 | 0
TP812 .T53 1978 | Those celadon blues / [NAME]. |  |  | Tichane, [NAME], 1925- | New York State Institute for Glaze Research, | c1978. | 2 | 2
TP815 .F68 1986 | Ceramic faults and their remedies / [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME], 1937- | A & C Black, | 1986. | 4 | 4
TP815 .S465 1989 | Chemical synthesis of advanced ceramic materials / [NAME]. |  |  | Segal, [NAME], 1950- | Cambridge University Press, | 1989. | 1 | 0
TP815 .W37 2007 | Slipcasting / Sasha Wardell. |  |  | Wardell, Sasha. | A & C Black ; University of Pennsylvania Press, | 2007. | 1 | 3
TP822 .T5 1983b | Ching-te-chen : views of a porcelain city / [NAME]. |  |  | Tichane, [NAME], 1925- | New York State Institute for Glaze Research, | c1983. | 1 | 1
TP 823 .T83 1995 | Soda glazing / [NAME]. |  |  | Tudball, [NAME]. | A & C Black ; University of Pennsylvania Press, | 1995. | 14 | 3
[NAME] 2007 | Coloring clay / [NAME]. |  |  | Connell, [NAME]. | A & C Black ; University of Pennsylvania Press, | c2007. | 3 | 1
[NAME] .H66 1984 | Ceramic spectrum : a simplified approach to glaze & color development / [NAME]. |  |  | Hopper, [NAME]. | Chilton Book Co., | c1984. | 15 | 11
[NAME] 2003 | Ash glazes / [NAME]. |  |  | Rogers, [NAME], 1951- | A & C Black ; University of Pennsylvania Press, | 2003. | 1 | 1
[NAME] .R64 2002 | Salt glazing / [by [NAME]]. |  |  | Rogers, [NAME], 1951- | A. & C. Black ; University of Pennsylvania, | c2002. | 3 | 1
[NAME] .S55 | How to glaze pottery. |  |  | Snead, [NAME], 1906- |  | [c1950] | 1 | 1
TP 849 .K87 1991 | Glassmakers : an odyssey of the Jews : the first three thousand years / [NAME]. |  |  | Kurinsky, [NAME]. | [NAME], | 1991. | 3 | 3
TP849 .D5 | Story of glass. |  |  | Diamond, Freda. | Harcourt, Brace | [1953] | 1 | 0
TP849 .M33 2002 | [NAME] : a world history / [NAME] and [NAME]. |  |  | Macfarlane, [NAME]. | University of Chicago Press, | 2002. | 0 | 2
TP849 .P64 | [NAME] : its tradition and its makers / [NAME]. |  |  | Polak, [NAME]. | Putnam, | c1975. | 2 | 2
TP853.W4 V5 | Story, with pictures, about the creation of America's hand made glass. |  |  | Viking Glass Company. | [c1950] |  | 1 | 0
[NAME] | Glass industry of the [NAME], by [NAME]; with a foreword by [NAME]. |  |  | Kenyon, [NAME] | Leicester U.P., | 1967. | 1 | 0
TP857 .F74 | [NAME] and archaeology / [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME]. | Academic Press, | 1982. | 1 | 2
[NAME] .J6 1971 | [NAME] [by] [NAME]. |  |  | Jones, [NAME] (Gwyn Owain) | [NAME] and Hall, | 1971. | 3 | 2
TP857 .M2 | Modern aspects of the vitreous state. | v.1 |  | Mackenzie, [NAME], | Butterworths, | 1960 | 0 | 0
TP857 .M2 | Modern aspects of the vitreous state. | v.2 |  | Mackenzie, [NAME], | Butterworths, | 1960 | 0 | 0
TP857 .M2 | Modern aspects of the vitreous state. | v.3 |  | Mackenzie, [NAME], | Butterworths, | 1960 | 0 | 0
[NAME] .M29 | [NAME] in the modern world; a study in materials development [by] F. J. Terence Maloney. |  |  | Maloney, [NAME] ([NAME]) | Doubleday, | 1968. | 7 | 1
TP857 .M67 1954 | Properties of glass. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME], 1888-1965. | Reinhold, | 1954. | 1 | 0
TP857 .P5 | [NAME]: the miracle maker, its history, technology and applications, by [NAME] ... |  |  | Phillips, [NAME], 1908- | Pitman Publishing Corporation | [c1941] | 2 | 1
[NAME] .S36 1975 | Modern glass practice / [NAME]. |  |  | Scholes, [NAME], 1884-1974. | Cahners Books, | [1975] | 1 | 1
[NAME] .W4 | Constitution of glasses: a dynamic interpretation [by] [NAME] [and] [NAME]. | v.1 |  | Weyl, [NAME], 1901- | Interscience Publishers, | 1962-[67] | 0 | 0
[NAME] .W4 | Constitution of glasses: a dynamic interpretation [by] [NAME] [and] [NAME]. | v.2/pt.1 |  | Weyl, [NAME], 1901- | Interscience Publishers, | 1962-[67] | 0 | 0
[NAME] .W4 | Constitution of glasses: a dynamic interpretation [by] [NAME] [and] [NAME]. | v.2/pt.2 |  | Weyl, [NAME], 1901- | Interscience Publishers, | 1962-[67] | 0 | 0
TP857.3 .B86 | [NAME]: philosophy and method, hand-blown, sculptured, colored. |  |  | Burton, [NAME], 1894- | Chilton Book Co. | [1967] | 2 | 1
TP858 .B68 | Solid state chemistry, by [NAME] and members of the faculty of the Leningrad State University. Edited by [NAME]. Authorized translation from the Russian. |  |  | Borisova, [NAME], | Consultants Bureau, | 1966. | 0 | 0
TP859 .B5 | Encyclopedia of working with glass, by [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME] | Oceana Publications, | 1968. | 14 | 1
TP859 .C85 | Technique of glass forming / Keith Cummings. |  |  | Cummings, [NAME]. | Batsford, | 1980. | 12 | 3
TP859 .H25 | Creative glass blowing [by] [NAME] [and] [NAME]. With a foreword by [NAME]. |  |  | Hammesfahr, [NAME] | [NAME] | [1968] | 11 | 1
TP859 .S32 | Flameworking; glassmaking for the craftsman. |  |  | Schuler, Frederic. | Chilton Book Co. | [1968] | 9 | 3
TP859 .S33 | Glassforming; glassmaking for the craftsman, by Frederic and [NAME]. |  |  | Schuler, Frederic. | Chilton Book Co. | [1970] | 8 | 2
TP859 .W3 | Making of fine glass, illus. by [NAME]. |  |  | Waugh, [NAME], 1904- | [NAME], Mead, | 1947. | 2 | 0
TP862 .R4 | Technique of stained glass. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME]. | Batsford; [NAME], | 1967. | 1 | 0
TP866 .L5 | Close-up of closures; history and progress. |  |  | Lief, Alfred, 1901- | Glass Container Manufacturers Institute | [1965] | 0 | 1
TP893 .M3 1920 | Application of dyestuffs to textiles, paper, leather and other materials, by J. Merritt Matthews, PH.D. |  |  | Matthews, [NAME], 1874- | [NAME]; [etc., etc.] | 1920. | 2 | 0
TP895 .M6 | How to clean everything; an encyclopedia of what to use and how to use it. Illus. by [NAME]. |  |  | Moore, [NAME]. | [NAME] and [NAME], | 1952. | 1 | 0
TP 897 .C523 1990 | Chemistry and application of dyes / edited by [NAME] and [NAME]. |  |  |  | Plenum Press, | c1990. | 1 | 0
TP897 .M28 1969 | Tie-and-die as a present-day craft. |  |  | Maile, [NAME]. | Mills & Boon | [1969] | 11 | 3
TP897 .N3513 | Tie-dye; designs, materials, technique. |  |  | NeÌa, Sara, 1913- | [NAME] Reinhold | [1971] | 14 | 3
TP897 .R62 | History of dyed textiles: dyes, fibres, painted bark, batik, starch-resist, discharge, tie-dye, further sources for research. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME]. | M.I.T. Press | [1969] | 5 | 1
TP897 .T25 1986 | Textile dyeing operations : chemistry, equipment, procedures, and environmental aspects / by S.V. Kulkarni ... [et [NAME].]. |  |  |  | Noyes Publications, | c1986. | 1 | 0
TP897 .W5 | Dyeing of synthetic fibers, 1969 [by] C. Whiting. |  |  | Whiting, C. | Noyes Development Corp. | [1969] | 0 | 0
TP909 .W44 | Ancient dyes for modern weavers. |  |  | Weigle, Palmy, 1920- | Watson-Guptill Publications | [1974] | 3 | 1
TP 910 .A52 1995 | Analytical chemistry of synthetic colorants / edited by [NAME] and [NAME]. |  |  |  | Blackie Academic & Professional, | 1995. | 2 | 0
TP 910 .Z65 1991 | Color chemistry : syntheses, properties, and applications of organic dyes and pigments / [NAME]. |  |  | Zollinger, Heinrich, 1919- | VCH, | 1991. | 3 | 3
TP910 .A45 | Colour chemistry [by] [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME]. | Appleton-Century-Crofts | [1971] | 1 | 1
TP910 .G57 | Organic chemistry in colour / [NAME], [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], P. F. ([NAME]), 1954- | Springer-Verlag, | 1982. | 1 | 0
TP910 .R95 | Fundamentals of the chemistry and application of dyes [by] [NAME] and [NAME]. |  |  | Rys, [NAME], 1938- | Wiley-Interscience | [1972] | 1 | 0
TP913 .B44 | Fibre-reactive dyes [by] [NAME]. |  |  | Beech, [NAME]. | Logos, | 1970. | 4 | 0
TP913 .V4 | Chemistry of synthetic dyes. | v.1 |  | Venkataraman, K. ([NAME]), 1901- | Academic Press, | 1952-1978. | 0 | 0
TP913 .V4 | Chemistry of synthetic dyes. | v.2 |  | Venkataraman, K. ([NAME]), 1901- | Academic Press, | 1952-1978. | 0 | 0
TP913 .V4 | Chemistry of synthetic dyes. | v.3 |  | Venkataraman, K. ([NAME]), 1901- | Academic Press, | 1952-1978. | 0 | 0
TP913 .V4 | Chemistry of synthetic dyes. | v.4 |  | Venkataraman, K. ([NAME]), 1901- | Academic Press, | 1952-1978. | 0 | 0
TP913 .V4 | Chemistry of synthetic dyes. | v.5 |  | Venkataraman, K. ([NAME]), 1901- | Academic Press, | 1952-1978. | 0 | 0
TP913 .V4 | Chemistry of synthetic dyes. | v.6 |  | Venkataraman, K. ([NAME]), 1901- | Academic Press, | 1952-1978. | 0 | 0
TP913 .V4 | Chemistry of synthetic dyes. | v.7 |  | Venkataraman, K. ([NAME]), 1901- | Academic Press, | 1952-1978. | 0 | 0
TP913 .V4 | Chemistry of synthetic dyes. | v.8 |  | Venkataraman, K. ([NAME]), 1901- | Academic Press, | 1952-1978. | 0 | 0
TP914 .Z613 | [NAME] and diazo chemistry; aliphatic and aromatic compounds. Translated by [NAME]. |  |  | Zollinger, Heinrich, 1919- | Interscience Publishers, | 1961. | 1 | 0
TP918.C9 H27 | Cyanine dyes and related compounds. |  |  | Hamer, [NAME] | Interscience Publishers, | 1964. | 0 | 0
TP 919 .C36 1994 | Dye plants and dyeing / [NAME] and [NAME] ; illustrated by [NAME]. |  |  | Cannon, [NAME] | [NAME] ; Timber Press [distributor], | 1994. | 5 | 1
TP919 .A3 1971 | Natural dyes and home dyeing (formerly titled: Natural dyes in the United States) [by] [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME] | Dover Publications | [1971] | 5 | 0
TP919 .K7 | Natural dyes, plants & processes. Drawings by [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME], 1927- | [NAME] | [1972] | 6 | 0
TP919 .L44 | Ancient and medieval dyes, by [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME], 1875- | Chemical publishing co., inc., | 1944. | 7 | 1
TP919 .L47 | Vegetable dyeing; 151 color recipes for dyeing yarns and fabrics with natural materials. |  |  | Lesch, [NAME]. | Watson-Guptill Publications | [1970] | 4 | 0
TP919 .R64 | Dyes from plants [by] [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME][NAME]) | [NAME] Reinhold | [1973] | 5 | 0
TP925.C63 G74 2005 | Perfect red : empire, espionage, and the quest for the color of desire / [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME], 1968- | HarperCollins, | c2005. | 0 | 1
TP 930 .M45 | Contemporary batik and tie-dye; methods, inspiration, dyes, by [NAME]. |  |  | Meilach, [NAME] | Crown Publishers | [1973] | 13 | 2
TP 930 .S92 1992 | Thames and [NAME] manual of textile printing / [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME]. | Thames and Hudson, | c1992. | 0 | 0
[NAME] .C583 1971 | Introduction to textile printing; a practical manual for use in laboratories, colleges and schools of art [by] [NAME]. |  |  | Clarke, W. | Butterworths in association with ICI Dyestuffs Division | [1971] | 0 | 0
TP930 .G52 | Batik unlimited. Photos. by [NAME]. |  |  | Gibbs, [NAME], 1947- | Watson-Guptill Publications | [1974] | 6 | 0
[NAME] .K65 | Textile screen printing. Illus. by the author. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME]. | Signs of the Times Pub. Co. | [1966] | 0 | 0
[NAME] .L333 | Fabric printing. |  |  | [NAME], Lotti. | [NAME]. Corp. | [1963, c1959] | 1 | 1
[NAME] .P47 | America's printed & painted fabrics, 1600-1900, by Florence H. Pettit. Twenty-six drawings by the author. |  |  | Pettit, [NAME]. | Hastings House | [1970] | 1 | 0
[NAME] .P69 | Introducing textile printing. |  |  | Proud, [NAME]. | Batsford; Watson-Guptill Publications, | 1968. | 0 | 0
TP930 .P7 | Textile printing and dyeing. |  |  | Proud, [NAME]. | Reinhold, | [c1965] | 2 | 0
TP930 .R78 | History of printed textiles. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME]. | M.I.T. Press | [1969] | 0 | 1
[NAME] .S215 | Introducing batik. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME]. | Batsford; [NAME], | [1971, c1968] | 5 | 1
TP930 .S919 | Thames and [NAME] manual of dyes and fabrics / [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME]. | Thames and Hudson, | c1978. | 2 | 0
[NAME] | [NAME] manual of textile printing. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME]. | Van Nostrand Reinhold Co. | [1974] | 0 | 0
TP932 .G64 1952 | Fabrics today and drycleaning, by [NAME], [NAME] [and] [NAME]. Edited by [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], Louis | New York Neighborhood Cleaners Association, | c1952. | 0 | 1
TR 6 .U6 W18 1999 | Picturing the century : one hundred years of photography from the National Archives / by [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME], 1954- | National Archives and Records Adminstration ; University of Washington Press, | c1999. | 2 | 4
TR6 .G5 | Creative photography, 1826 to the present; an exhibition from the Gernsheim collection, by [NAME] and [NAME]. |  |  | Gernsheim, Helmut, 1913- | Wayne State University Press, | 1963. | 2 | 1
TR6 .N55 1955d | Family of man; the photographic exhibition created by [NAME] for the Museum of Modern Art. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME], 1879-1973, | Published for the Museum of Modern Art by [NAME] and [NAME], | c1955. | 2 | 0
TR6 .U62 D572 | Century of photographs, 1846-1946/ selected from the collection of the Library of Congress ; compiled by Renata V. Shaw. |  |  |  | Library of Congress, | 1970. | 1 | 3
TR6.A1 [NAME] | [NAME] and tender : the real in the twentieth-century photograph / edited by [NAME] and [NAME], with contributions by [NAME] and [NAME]. |  |  |  | [NAME], | 2003. | 1 | 2
TR6.A1 R43 2008 | Exhibiting photography : a practical guide to choosing a space, displaying your work, and everything in between / Shirley Read. |  |  | Read, [NAME]. | Focal Press, | c2008. | 0 | 1
TR6.N392 A477 2001 | Photograph and the American dream, 1840-1940 / [NAME], [NAME] ; American notes, [NAME]; essays, [NAME] and [NAME]. |  |  |  | Van Gogh Museum ; Distribution, Distributed Art Publishers, | c2001. | 2 | 1
TR6.U62 F673 1982 | Masterworks of American photography : the Amon Carter Museum collection / [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME]. | Oxmoor House, | c1982. | 8 | 4
TR6.U62 N484 1986 | [NAME] : photographs of New York and Paris 1945-1960 / by [NAME] with a reminiscence by [NAME]. |  |  | Webb, Todd. | [NAME], Inc., | 1986. | 8 | 1
TR6.U62 N49 2003 | Moving pictures : contemporary photography and video from the Guggenheim Collection / [NAME] and [NAME]. |  |  | Hanhardt, [NAME] | Guggenheim Museum ; Thames & Hudson, | 2003. | 2 | 1
TR6.U62 N499 2002 | Visions from America : photographs from the Whitney Museum of American Art, 1940-2001 / [NAME] ; with an essay by [NAME] ; preface by Sondra [NAME]. |  |  | Whitney Museum of American Art. | Prestel ; Whitney Museum of American Art, | c2002. | 2 | 3
TR6.5 .B33 2003 | Collecting photography / [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME]. | [NAME], | 2003. | 0 | 5
TR9 .E53 | Encyclopedia of photography; a complete guide to amateur photography; [NAME], general editor. | v.1 |  |  | National educational alliance, inc., | c1949. | 0 | 0
TR9 .E53 | Encyclopedia of photography; a complete guide to amateur photography; [NAME], general editor. | v.10 |  |  | National educational alliance, inc., | c1949. | 0 | 2
TR9 .E53 | Encyclopedia of photography; a complete guide to amateur photography; [NAME], general editor. | v.11 |  |  | National educational alliance, inc., | c1949. | 0 | 0
TR9 .E53 | Encyclopedia of photography; a complete guide to amateur photography; [NAME], general editor. | v.2 |  |  | National educational alliance, inc., | c1949. | 1 | 0
TR9 .E53 | Encyclopedia of photography; a complete guide to amateur photography; [NAME], general editor. | v.3 |  |  | National educational alliance, inc., | c1949. | 0 | 0
TR9 .E53 | Encyclopedia of photography; a complete guide to amateur photography; [NAME], general editor. | v.4 |  |  | National educational alliance, inc., | c1949. | 0 | 0
TR9 .E53 | Encyclopedia of photography; a complete guide to amateur photography; [NAME], general editor. | v.5 |  |  | National educational alliance, inc., | c1949. | 0 | 0
TR9 .E53 | Encyclopedia of photography; a complete guide to amateur photography; [NAME], general editor. | v.6 |  |  | National educational alliance, inc., | c1949. | 0 | 0
TR9 .E53 | Encyclopedia of photography; a complete guide to amateur photography; [NAME], general editor. | v.7 |  |  | National educational alliance, inc., | c1949. | 0 | 2
TR9 .E53 | Encyclopedia of photography; a complete guide to amateur photography; [NAME], general editor. | v.8 |  |  | National educational alliance, inc., | c1949. | 0 | 2
TR9 .E53 | Encyclopedia of photography; a complete guide to amateur photography; [NAME], general editor. | v.9 |  |  | National educational alliance, inc., | c1949. | 0 | 2
TR9 .O94 2005 | Oxford companion to the photograph / edited by [NAME]. |  |  |  | Oxford University Press, | c2005. | 0 | 4
TR11 .A53 2003 | Photographer's website manual : how to build and run a photographic website / [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME]. | RotoVision, | 2003. | 3 | 3
TR 15 .C566 1997 | Photograph / Graham Clarke. |  |  | Clarke, Graham, 1948- | Oxford University Press, | 1997. | 10 | 12
TR 15 .D25 1991 | History of photography : an overview / Alma Davenport. |  |  | Davenport, [NAME]. | Focal Press, | c1991. | 15 | 5
TR 15 .M63 1998 | PhotoSpeak : a guide to the ideas, movements, and techniques of photography, 1839 to the present / [NAME]. |  |  | Mora, Gilles, 1945- | Abbeville Press Publishers, | 1998. | 8 | 4
TR 15 .P478 1998 | Photography--1900 to the present / [compiled by] [NAME] with [NAME]. |  |  |  | Prentice Hall, | c1998. | 9 | 11
TR 15 .R67 1997 | World history of photography / by [NAME]. |  |  | Rosenblum, Naomi. | Abbeville Press, | 1997. | 11 | 18
TR 15 .S395 1987 | Art and photography : forerunners and influences : selected essays / by [NAME] ; edited by [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], Heinrich, 1894-1974. | University of Chicago Press, | 1987, c1985. | 9 | 10
TR 15 .S965 1989 | Photography until now / [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME]. | Museum of Modern Art ; Distributed by Bulfinch Press, | c1989. | 6 | 2
TR15 .B37 1997 | Burning with desire : the conception of photography / [NAME]. |  |  | Batchen, [NAME]. | The MIT Press, | 1997. | 4 | 1
TR15 .B46 2008 | Printed picture / [NAME]. |  |  | Benson, [NAME], 1943- | Museum of Modern Art : Distributed in the United States and Canada by D.A.P./Distributed [NAME], | c2008. | 0 | 2
TR15 .B6613 | Photograph; a social history [by] [NAME]. [Translated from the French by [NAME]] |  |  | Braive, [NAME]. | McGraw-Hill | [1966] | 1 | 3
TR15 .G33 | Chronology of photography; a critical survey of the history of photography as a medium of art. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME]. | Handbook Co.; [distributed by Light Impressions, Rochester, N.Y., | 1972] | 4 | 2
TR15 .G36 | Concise history of photography [by] [NAME] in collaboration with [NAME]. |  |  | Gernsheim, Helmut, 1913- | Grosset & Dunlap | [1965] | 9 | 1
TR15 .G369 2003 | [NAME] : Pionier der [NAME] of photo history / [[NAME], Alfried Wieczorek, [NAME]]. |  |  |  | [NAME], | 2003. | 1 | 3
TR15 .G37 1969 | History of photography from the camera obscura to the beginning of the modern era [by] [NAME], in collaboration with [NAME]. |  |  | Gernsheim, Helmut, 1913- | McGraw-Hill | [1969] | 3 | 3
TR15 .H557 2000 | Seizing the light : a history of photography / [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME]. | McGraw-Hill, | c2000. | 8 | 10
TR15 .H5613 1987 | History of photography : social and cultural perspectives / edited by Jean-Claude Lemagny and AndreÌ RouilleÌ ; translated by [NAME]. |  |  |  | Cambridge University Press, | 1987. | 17 | 3
TR15 .I58 1985 | Masterpieces of photography : from the [NAME] collections / by [NAME]. |  |  | International Museum of Photography at [NAME]. | Abbeville Press, | c1985. | 11 | 18
TR15 .J43 | Photography : a concise history / [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME]. | Oxford University Press, | 1981. | 4 | 2
TR15 .J87 | Visual communication and the graphic arts; photographic technologies in the nineteenth century. |  |  | Jussim, Estelle. | [NAME], | 1974. | 0 | 0
TR15 .M273 2002 | Photography : a cultural history / [NAME]. |  |  | Marien, [NAME]. | Prentice Hall, | 2002. | 4 | 4
TR15 .N47 1982 | History of photography : from 1839 to the present / [NAME]. |  |  | Newhall, Beaumont, 1908- | Museum of Modern Art ; Distributed by New York Graphic Society Books, | c1982. | 8 | 2
TR15 .N475 | Latent image; the discovery of photography. |  |  | Newhall, Beaumont, 1908- | Doubleday, | 1967. | 4 | 0
TR15 .O5 1989 | On the art of fixing a shadow : one hundred and fifty years of photography / [NAME] ... [et [NAME].]. |  |  |  | National Gallery of Art ; Art Institute of Chicago, | 1989. | 1 | 1
TR15 .O53 | One hundred years of photographic history : essays in honor of Beaumont Newhall / edited by [NAME]. |  |  |  | University of New Mexico Press, | c1975. | 8 | 5
TR15 .P47 1986 | Perspectives on photography : essays in honor of Beaumont Newhall / edited by [NAME] and [NAME]. |  |  |  | University of New Mexico Press, | c1986. | 2 | 2
TR15 .R67 2007 | World history of photography / by [NAME]. |  |  | Rosenblum, Naomi. | Abbeville Press Publishers, | 2007. | 1 | 1
TR15 .S34 | Pioneers of photography : an album of pictures and words / written and compiled by [NAME] ; by arrangement with the British Broadcasting Corporation. |  |  | Scharf, [NAME], 1922- | [NAME], | [1976] | 1 | 6
TR15 .S66 2001 | History of photography as seen through the Spira collection / [NAME], with [NAME], Jr. and [NAME] ; preface by [NAME]. |  |  | Spira, [NAME] | Aperture, | c2001. | 3 | 2
TR15 .T48 | Time in a frame : photography and the nineteenth-century mind / [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME]. | Schocken Books, | 1977. | 4 | 2
TR15 .W48 1973 | Evolution of photography. |  |  | Werge, [NAME]. | Arno Press, | 1973. | 7 | 5
TR23 .A43 2003 | American photography / Miles Orvell. |  |  | Orvell, [NAME]. | Oxford University Press, | 2003. | 7 | 6
TR23 .C35 2009 | Callahan, Siskind, Sommer : at the crossroads of American photography / [NAME], [NAME], [NAME] and [NAME]. |  |  |  | Radius Books | c2009. | 0 | 2
TR23 .G37 2003 | Disappearing witness : change in twentieth-century American photography / [NAME]. |  |  | Garner, [NAME]. | Johns Hopkins University Press, | c2003. | 0 | 3
TR23 .G73 1984 | American photography : a critical history since 1945 to the present / by [NAME] ; pictures selected and sequenced by [NAME] and [NAME]. |  |  | Green, [NAME]. | [NAME], | 1984. | 21 | 8
TR23 .H35 1999 | American century of photography : from dry-plate to digital : the Hallmark Photographic Collection / Keith F. Davis ; foreword by [NAME]. |  |  | Hallmark Photographic Collection. | [NAME], Inc. ; In association with [NAME], | 1999. | 3 | 3
TR23 .T3 1964 | Photography and the American scene; a social history, 1839- 1889. |  |  | Taft, [NAME], 1894-1955. | Dover Publications | [1964, c1938] | 8 | 6
TR23 .W55 2000 | Reflections in Black : a history of Black photographers, 1840 to the present / [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME], 1948- | W.W. Norton, | c2000. | 3 | 3
TR23.6 .O87 | Western views and Eastern visions / by [NAME]. |  |  | Ostroff, [NAME]. | Published by the Smithsonian Institution Traveling Exhibition Service with the cooperation of the United States Geological Survey : For sale by the Su | 1981. | 4 | 1
TR23.6 .S25 2002 | Print the legend : photography and the American West / [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME] | Yale University Press, | c2002. | 3 | 1
TR24.C2 C37 2001 | Capturing light : masterpieces of California photography, 1850 to the present / edited by [NAME] ; foreword by Therese [NAME] ; essays by [NAME] ... [et [NAME].]. |  |  |  | Oakland Museum of California, | c2001. | 0 | 1
TR 25 .N7 [NAME] 1992 | New York School : photographs, 1936-1963 / [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME]. | [NAME], Tabori & Chang, | 1992. | 14 | 5
TR 57 .S32 1992 | Out of the shadows : Herschel, Talbot & the invention of photography / [NAME]. |  |  | Schaaf, [NAME] ([NAME]), 1947- | Yale University Press, | 1992. | 2 | 2
TR57 .G65 1984 | Golden age of British photography, 1839-1900 : photographs from the Victoria and [NAME], London, with selections from the Philadelphia Museum of Art, Royal Archives, [NAME], The Royal Photographic Society, Bath, Science Museum, London, Scot |  |  |  | Aperture in association with the Philadelphia Museum of Art ; distributed in the U.S. by [NAME], | c1984. | 1 | 1
TR57 .S45 1986 | Amateurs, photography, and the mid-Victorian imagination / Grace Seiberling with [NAME] in association with the International Museum of Photography at [NAME]. |  |  | Seiberling, Grace, 1943- | University of Chicago Press, | c1986. | 1 | 1
TR57 .W54 1986 | Women photographers : the other observers 1900 to the present / [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME], 1949- | Virago, | 1986. | 16 | 8
TR71 .J35 1983 | Art of French calotype : with a critical dictionary of photographers, 1845-1870 / by AndreÌ Jammes and Eugenia [NAME]. |  |  | Jammes, AndreÌ. | Princeton University Press, | c1983. | 1 | 0
TR72.P37 T73 2005 | Paris : photographs from a time that was / [NAME]. |  |  | Travis, [NAME], 1948- | Art Institute of Chicago ; Distributed by Yale University Press, | c2005. | 0 | 2
TR84.5 .P46 2005 | Nursing models for practice / [NAME], [NAME], [NAME]. |  |  | Pearson, [NAME], 1948- | Butterworth-Heinemann, | 2005. | 1 | 2
TR 85 .K55 1997 | Commissar vanishes : the falsification of photographs and art in Stalin's Russia / [NAME] ; preface by [NAME] ; photographs from the [NAME] collection. |  |  | King, [NAME], 1943- | Metropolitan Books, | c1997. | 2 | 0
TR85 .T87 1996 | Soviet photograph, 1924-1937 / Margarita Tupitsyn. |  |  | Tupitsyn, Margarita. | Yale University Press, | c1996. | 0 | 1
TR86.75 .G7 C55 2001 | Clinical effectiveness in nursing practice / [edited by] [NAME] ; with contriutions from [NAME], [NAME]. |  |  |  | Whurr Publishers, | 2000. | 0 | 5
[NAME] .C45 2005 | Chinese : photography and video from China / [exhibition concept: [NAME], [NAME]]. |  |  |  | [NAME] ; Distributed by [NAME], | c2004. | 0 | 2
TR103 .G87 | Through Indian eyes / by [NAME]. |  |  | Gutman, [NAME]. | Oxford University Press : International Center of Photography, | 1982. | 0 | 2
TR105 .A2413 2002 | Adventure of Japanese photography, 1860-1890 / ed. by Phillip March, Claudia Delank. |  |  |  | Kehrer, | 2002. | 0 | 1
TR105 .H57 2003 | History of Japanese photography / [NAME] ... [et [NAME].] ; with essays by [NAME], [NAME] ; edited and translated by [NAME] ; executive coordinator, Ishiwata Maya ; coordinators for the Japan Foundation, [NAME], [NAME] |  |  |  | Yale University Press in association with the Museum of Fine Arts, Houston, | c2003. | 3 | 4
TR105 .K45 2004 | Japan : a self-portrait : photographs, 1945-1964 / Takeuchi Keiichi, [NAME] ; introduction by Alain Sayag ; edited by [NAME] ; [translated from the French and the Japanese by [NAME]]. |  |  | Takeuchi, Keiichi, 1932- | Flammarion, | c2004. | 1 | 1
TR105 .M63 2001 | Modern photography in Japan, 1915-1940. |  |  |  | Friends of Photography, | 2001. | 2 | 4
TR 107 .S48 1999 | Sevruguin and the Persian image : photographs of Iran, 1870-1930 / edited by [NAME]. |  |  |  | [NAME], Smithsonian Institution ; University of Washington Press, | c1999. | 0 | 4
TR 139 .M28 1974b | Photojournalist : [NAME] [NAME] / text by [NAME], with the editors of Alskog, inc. |  |  | Marcus, Adrianne. | [NAME], | [NAME]. | 11 | 4
TR 139 .M58 1974 | Photo essay, Paul Fusco & Will McBride / text by [NAME], with the editors of Alskog, inc. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME]. | [NAME], | [1974] | 4 | 8
TR 139 .R67 1994 | History of women photographers / [NAME]. |  |  | Rosenblum, Naomi. | Abbeville Press, | c1994. | 15 | 13
TR139 .M3 | Early photographs and early photographers: a survey in dictionary form. |  |  | Mathews, [NAME]. | Pitman | [c1973] | 0 | 3
TR139 .M395 2004 | Seeing America : women photographers between the wars / [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME], 1961- | University Press of Kentucky, | 2004. | 0 | 2
TR139 .R38 | Recollections : ten women of photography / [NAME] ... [et [NAME].] ; by [NAME]. |  |  |  | Viking Press, | c1979. | 8 | 0
TR139 .R67 2000 | History of women photographers / [NAME]. |  |  | Rosenblum, Naomi. | Abbeville Press, | 2000. | 6 | 4
TR139 .S27 2002 | Against the odds : women pioneers in the first hundred years of photography / [NAME]. |  |  | Sandler, [NAME] | Rizzoli ; | 2002. | 2 | 3
TR139 .S56 2011 | Through Soviet Jewish eyes : photography, war, and the Holocaust / [NAME]. |  |  | Shneer, [NAME], 1972- | Rutgers University Press, | c2011. | 0 | 0
TR139 .W65 1994 | Focus : five women photographers : [NAME], [NAME], [NAME], [NAME], [NAME] / [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME], 1957- | [NAME], | c1994. | 4 | 4
TR 140 .A3 A78 1993 | [NAME], new light : essays on his legacy and legend / [NAME] and [NAME] ... [et [NAME].] ; editor, [NAME]. |  |  |  | Friends of Photography, | c1993. | 28 | 3
TR 140 .A3 A8 1984 | [NAME], 1902-1984 / edited by [NAME]. |  |  |  | Friends of Photography, | c1984. | 34 | 8
TR 140 .A8 A3 | Work of Atget / [NAME], [NAME] Hambourg. | v.1 |  | Atget, EugeÌ€ne, 1856-1927. | Museum of Modern Art ; Distributed by New York Graphic Society, | c1981. | 1 | 1
TR 140 .A8 A3 | Work of Atget / [NAME], [NAME] Hambourg. | v.2 |  | Atget, EugeÌ€ne, 1856-1927. | Museum of Modern Art ; Distributed by New York Graphic Society, | c1981. | 1 | 0
TR 140 .A8 A3 | Work of Atget / [NAME], [NAME] Hambourg. | v.3 |  | Atget, EugeÌ€ne, 1856-1927. | Museum of Modern Art ; Distributed by New York Graphic Society, | c1981. | 0 | 0
TR 140 .A8 A3 | Work of Atget / [NAME], [NAME] Hambourg. | v.4 |  | Atget, EugeÌ€ne, 1856-1927. | Museum of Modern Art ; Distributed by New York Graphic Society, | c1981. | 0 | 0
TR 140 .B275 D38 1990 | [NAME] : photographer of [NAME]'s campaign / [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME], 1952- | [NAME], | c1990. | 2 | 0
TR 140 .B4 A3 2005 | [NAME] : the Cecil Beaton diaries as he wrote them, 1970-1980 / introducion by [NAME]. |  |  | Beaton, Cecil, 1904-1980. | Carroll & Graf, | 2005. | 5 | 3
TR 140 .C78 L67 1993 | Imogen Cunningham : ideas without end : a life in photographs / [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME]. | Chronicle Books, | c1993. | 12 | 8
TR 140 .E3 B73 1996 | [NAME] : a biography / [NAME]. |  |  | Brayer, [NAME]. | Johns Hopkins University Press, | 1996. | 3 | 2
TR 140 .L3 D67 1994 | [NAME]--a visual life / edited by [NAME]. |  |  |  | Smithsonian Institution Press, | c1994. | 30 | 10
TR 140 .M347 M67 1995 | [NAME] : a biography / [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME], 1951- | Random House, | c1995. | 14 | 6
TR 140 .N48 A3 1993 | Focus : memoirs of a life in photography. |  |  | Newhall, Beaumont, 1908- | Little, [NAME], | c1993. | 0 | 2
TR 140 .S687 C67 | Photo illustration, [NAME] / text by [NAME], with the editors of Alskog, inc. |  |  | Cornfield, [NAME]. | [NAME], | [1974] | 6 | 9
TR 140 .S687 C67 | Photo illustration, [NAME] / text by [NAME], with the editors of Alskog, inc. |  |  | Cornfield, [NAME]. | [NAME], | [1974] | 7 | 9
TR 140 .S7 H34 | Inner eye of [NAME] [NAME]. |  |  | Haines, [NAME] | University Press of America, | c1982. | 10 | 5
TR 140 .S7 M87 1996 | [NAME] : photographer / by [NAME]. |  |  | Museum of Fine Arts, Boston. | Museum of Fine Arts : Bulfinch Press, | [1996] c1965. | 13 | 6
TR 140 .W45 A33 1993 | [NAME] : the flame of recognition : his photographs accompanied by excerpts from the daybooks & letters / edited by [NAME]. |  |  | Weston, [NAME], 1886-1958. | Aperture Foundation, | [c1993]. | 11 | 3
TR 140 .W45 M3 1989 | [NAME] : his life / [NAME]. |  |  | Maddow, [NAME], 1909- | Aperture, | 1989 | 27 | 8
TR140 .B6 G65 1987 | [NAME] : a biography / [NAME] ; foreword by [NAME]. |  |  | Goldberg, [NAME]. | Addison-Wesley Pub. Co., | 1987. | 21 | 10
TR140 .C28 A3 | Images of war, by [NAME], with text from his own writings. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME], 1913-1954. | [NAME], | c1964. | 1 | 2
TR140 .G74 W66 1985 | Focus on flight : the aviation photography of [NAME]. |  |  | Wooldridge, [NAME] | Published for the National Air and Space Museum by the Smithsonian Institution Press, | 1985. | 2 | 1
TR140 .L4 J36 1987 | Photography of Gustave Le Gray / Eugenia [NAME]. |  |  | Janis, Eugenia Parry. | Art Institute of Chicago and the University of Chicago Press, | 1987. | 2 | 0
TR140 .S627 H84 1989 | [NAME] : shadow & substance : the life and work of an American photographer / by [NAME]. |  |  | Hughes, [NAME], 1937- | McGraw-Hill, | c1989. | 13 | 2
TR140.A3 A33 1985 | [NAME], an autobiography / with [NAME]. |  |  | Adams, Ansel, 1902-1984. | Little, [NAME], | 1985. | 36 | 0
TR140.A3 H36 2002 | Ansel Adams : divine performance / [NAME]. |  |  | Hammond, Anne. | Yale University Press, | c2002. | 9 | 5
TR140.A55 N4 | [NAME]. | v.1 |  | Newhall, [NAME]. | Sierra Club | [1964, c1963- | 16 | 6
TR140.A73 B67 1984 | [NAME] : a biography / [NAME]. |  |  | Bosworth, [NAME]. | Knopf, | 1984. | 3 | 3
TR140.B4 A28 | Cecil Beaton: memoirs of the 40's, by Cecil Beaton. |  |  | Beaton, Cecil Walter Hardy, Sir, 1904- | McGraw-Hill Book Co. | [1972] | 5 | 1
[NAME] | Photobiography. |  |  | Beaton, Cecil Walter Hardy, Sir, 1904- | Doubleday, | c1951. | 4 | 0
TR140.B6 A29 1972 | [NAME]. Edited by [NAME]. Introd. by [NAME]. Foreword by [NAME]. |  |  | Bourke-White, [NAME], 1904-1971. | New York Graphic Society, | 1972. | 5 | 5
TR140.B6 S59 | For the world to see : the life of [NAME] / compiled, edited and with a biographical narrative by [NAME] ; preface by [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME]. | Viking Press, | c1983. | 16 | 5
TR140.B7 H6 | [NAME], historian with a camera. Picture collation by [NAME]. |  |  | Horan, [NAME], 1914- | Crown Publishers | [1955] | 3 | 1
TR140.B74 D45 2004 | [NAME] : a life / [NAME]. |  |  | Delany, [NAME]. | Stanford University Press, | 2004. | 3 | 5
TR140.B79 E58 | BruguieÌ€re, his photographs and his life / photos. by [NAME], 1879-1945 ; with a critical and biographical narrative by [NAME]. |  |  | Enyeart, [NAME]. | Knopf, | 1977. | 5 | 3
TR140.C27 F67 2003 | [NAME] : a critical biography / [NAME] ... [et [NAME].]. |  |  | Ford, Colin, 1934- | J. Paul Getty Museum, | 2003. | 5 | 1
TR140.C27 [NAME] 1975 | [NAME] : her life and photographic work / [NAME]. |  |  | Gernsheim, Helmut, 1913- | Aperture, | [1975] | 13 | 6
TR140.C29 S88 | Carvalho, artist-photographer-adventurer-patriot : portrait of a forgotten American / by [NAME] ; introd. by [NAME]. |  |  | Sturhahn, [NAME], 1930- | [NAME], | c1976. | 1 | 1
TR140.C46 D38 | DeÌsireÌ Charnay, expeditionary photographer / [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME], 1952- | University of New Mexico Press, | c1981. | 3 | 3
[NAME] I47 | Imogen Cunningham : a portrait / by [NAME], in association with the Imogen Cunningham Trust. |  |  |  | New York Graphic Society, | c1979. | 12 | 5
[NAME] L67 1993 | Imogen Cunningham : ideas without end : a life in photographs / [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME]. | Chronicle Books, | c1993. | 4 | 1
TR140.E43 N48 | [NAME] : the fight for photography as a fine art / by [NAME]. |  |  | Newhall, [NAME]. | Aperture, inc., | c1975. | 4 | 0
TR140.E43 T87 | [NAME] : photographer of Norfolk / [NAME] and [NAME]. |  |  | Turner, [NAME]. | [NAME], | [1975] c1974. | 1 | 3
TR140.E78 C34 | Private experience, [NAME] / text by [NAME], with the editors of Alskog, inc. |  |  | Callahan, Sean. | [NAME], | [1974] | 5 | 3
TR140.E92 [NAME] 1999 | Walker Evans / [NAME]. |  |  | Mellow, [NAME] | Basic Books, | c1999. | 2 | 4
TR140.F67 A3 1986 | [NAME] : New York to Nova Scotia / editor, [NAME] ; associate editor, [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME], 1924- | Little, Brown ; Museum of Fine Arts, | c1986. | 4 | 1
TR140.F7 F6 1972 | Friese-Greene; close-up of an inventor [by[NAME]. |  |  | Forth, [NAME], 1907- | Arno Press, | 1972. | 1 | 0
TR140.G6 A3 | Overview; a life-long adventure in aerial photography [by] [NAME], with [NAME]. |  |  | Goddard, [NAME], 1889- | Doubleday, | 1969. | 0 | 0
[NAME] T5 | Following the Frontier with [NAME], pioneer photographer of the old West. |  |  | Tilden, Freeman, 1883- | Knopf, | c1964. | 0 | 1
TR140.H52 G82 | [NAME], 1874-1940 : two perspectives / by [NAME] ; [editors; Cornell Capa, [NAME], [NAME]]. |  |  | Hine, [NAME], 1874-1940. | [NAME], | 1974. | 9 | 1
TR140.I77 A3 | Camera and I. |  |  | Ivens, [NAME], 1898- | International Publishers | [1969] | 0 | 2
[NAME] 1971 | Time exposure; the autobiography of [NAME]. Profusely illustrated with photos., paintings, and drawings by the author. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME], 1843-1942. | Cooper Square Publishers, | 1970 [i.e. 1971, c1940] | 0 | 0
TR140.J64 B47 2000 | Woman behind the lens : the life and work of [NAME], 1864-1952 / Bettina Berch. |  |  | Berch, Bettina. | University Press of Virginia, | 2000. | 4 | 7
TR140.K4 P47 1985 | AndreÌ KerteÌsz : of Paris and New York / Sandra S. Phillips, [NAME], and [NAME]. |  |  | Phillips, [NAME], 1945- | Art Institute of Chicago, | 1985. | 5 | 3
TR140.L3 B6713 2002 | [NAME] : the heart and mind of a photographer / [NAME] ; with essays by [NAME], [NAME], and [NAME] |  |  | Borhan, [NAME]. | Little, [NAME], | 2002. | 12 | 4
TR140.L3 G67 2009 | [NAME] : a life beyond limits / [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME]. | W.W. Norton & Co., | c2009. | 0 | 1
TR140.L3 N4 | [NAME]. With an introductory essay by [NAME]. |  |  | Museum of Modern Art (New York, N.Y.) | Distributed by Doubleday, Garden City, N.Y. | [1966] | 28 | 5
[NAME] 2007 | Evidence of my existence / [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME]. | Ohio University Press : In assocation with the Ohio University School of Visual Communication and the E.W. Scripps School of Journalism, | c2007. | 1 | 2
TR140.L96 A3 1999 | Knave of hearts / [NAME]. |  |  | Lyon, [NAME]. | Twin Palms Publishers, | 1999. | 2 | 1
TR140.P35 [NAME] 1998 | Half past autumn : a retrospective / [NAME] ; essay by Philip Brookman. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME], 1912- | Bulfinch Press, in association with the Corcoran Gallery of Art, | 1998, c1997. | 11 | 8
[NAME] | Photographs for the Tsar : the pioneering color photography of [NAME] comissioned by [NAME] / edited with an introd. by [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME] | Dial Press, | 1980. | 2 | 2
TR140.S39 [NAME] 2005 | Persistence of vision : [NAME] profiles his work in graphic design and film / [NAME]. |  |  | Schwartzman, [NAME]. | Images Publishing, | 2005. | 1 | 3
[NAME] | Eyes of memory : photographs from the archives of [NAME] and Leni Sonnenfeld / text by Leni Sonnenfeld ; forward by [NAME]. |  |  | Sonnenfeld, Leni | Yale University Press, | 2004. | 0 | 1
TR140.S68 A25 | Life in photography. Published in collaboration with the Museum of Modern Art. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME], 1879-1973. | [NAME], | 1963. | 10 | 5
TR140.S683 A34 | Point of view / [NAME]. |  |  | Steiner, [NAME], 1899- | Wesleyan University Press, | c1978. | 7 | 2
TR140.S7 A7 | America & Alfred Stieglitz : a collective portrait / edited by [NAME], [NAME], [NAME], Paul Rosenfeld & [NAME] ; with 120 illustrations. |  |  |  | The Literary Guild | [c1934] | 5 | 4
[NAME] | Stieglitz : a memoir/biography / Sue [NAME]. |  |  | Lowe, Sue Davidson. | Farrar Straus Giroux, | c1983. | 11 | 3
[NAME] | [NAME] : photographs from the J. Paul Getty Museum / Anne M. Lyden. |  |  | Lyden, [NAME] 1972- | J. Paul Getty Museum, | c2005. | 3 | 4
TR140.T3 B38 2008 | [NAME] / by [NAME]. |  |  | Batchen, [NAME]. | Phaidon, | 2008. | 3 | 2
TR140.T3 B83 | [NAME] and the invention of photography / [NAME]. |  |  | Buckland, [NAME]. | [NAME], | 1980. | 7 | 1
TR140.U426 J33 2001 | Life and photography of [NAME]. |  |  | Jacobs, [NAME]. | University Press of Kentucky, | c2001. | 0 | 3
TR140.W45 A3 1973 | Daybooks. Edited by [NAME]. | v.1 |  | Weston, [NAME], 1886-1958. | Aperture, | 1973] | 13 | 2
TR140.W45 A3 1973 | Daybooks. Edited by [NAME]. | v.2 |  | Weston, [NAME], 1886-1958. | Aperture, | 1973] | 10 | 4
TR140.W45 [NAME] 2003 | [NAME] : a legacy / [NAME], [NAME], [NAME] ; edited and with an introduction by [NAME]. |  |  |  | Merrell ; [NAME], | 2003. | 7 | 3
TR144 .H8 1973 | Popular treatise on the art of photography. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME], 1807-1887. | Ohio University Press | [c1973] | 0 | 4
TR144 .T2 1969 | Pencil of nature. |  |  | Talbot, [NAME], 1800-1877. | Da Capo Press, | 1969. | 3 | 5
TR 145 .B25 1990 | Basic photographic materials and processes / [edited by] [NAME] ... [et [NAME].]. |  |  |  | Focal Press, | c1990. | 16 | 4
TR 145 .B6 | Photographic literature; an international bibliographic guide to general and specialized literature on photographic processes, techniques, theory, chemistry, physics, apparatus, materials & applications, industry, history, biography, aesthetics. Associate |  |  | Boni, [NAME], 1892- | Morgan & Morgan | [1962] | 0 | 0
TR 145 .B6 supp. | Photographic literature, 1960-1970; an international bibliographic guide to general and specialized literature on photographic processes, techniques, theory, chemistry, physics, apparatus, materials & applications, industry, history, biography, aesthetics |  |  | Boni, [NAME], 1892- | Morgan & Morgan | [1972] | 0 | 1
TR 145 .D33 1990 | Photography / [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME]. | [NAME], | c1990. | 16 | 5
TR 145 .D33 1990 | Photography / [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME]. | [NAME], | c1990. | 10 | 4
TR 145 .F665 1988 | Cameras and lenses : choosing equipment to suit the task / [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME], 1945- | Amphoto, | 1988. | 14 | 7
TR 145 .H54 1991 | Photographic possibilities : the expressive use of ideas, materials, and processes / [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME]. | Focal Press, | c1991. | 15 | 14
TR 145 .L318 1998 | Advanced photography / [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME], 1933- | Focal Press, | 1998. | 16 | 14
TR 145 .N48 1984 | Photographica : a subject catalog of books on photography : includes books, pamphlets, and selected periodical articles on still photography and allied topics / drawn from the holdings of the Research Libraries of the New York Public Libraries, Astor, [NAME] |  |  | New York Public Library. Research Libraries. | [NAME], | 1984. | 0 | 3
TR 145 .W785 1999 | Photography handbook / [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], Terence, 1952- | Routledge, | 1999. | 6 | 15
TR145 .A25 1953 | New guide to better photography. |  |  | Abbott, Berenice, 1898- | Crown Publishers | [c1953] | 1 | 0
TR145 .A38 Bk.2 | Negative / Ansel Adams with the collaboration of [NAME]. |  |  | Adams, Ansel, 1902-1984. | New York Graphic Society, | c1981. | 18 | 3
TR145 .A38 bk.1 | Camera / Ansel Adams, with the collaboration of [NAME]. |  |  | Adams, Ansel, 1902-1984. | New York Graphic Society, | c1980. | 23 | 9
TR145 .A42 | Basic photo [by] [NAME]. | v.1 |  | Adams, Ansel, 1902-1984. | Morgan & Morgan | [c1952- | 15 | 4
TR145 .A42 | Basic photo [by] [NAME]. | v.2 |  | Adams, Ansel, 1902-1984. | Morgan & Morgan | [c1952- | 5 | 4
TR145 .A42 | Basic photo [by] [NAME]. | v.4 |  | Adams, Ansel, 1902-1984. | Morgan & Morgan | [c1952- | 7 | 3
TR145 .A42 | Basic photo [by] [NAME]. | v.5 |  | Adams, Ansel, 1902-1984. | Morgan & Morgan | [c1952- | 3 | 3
TR145 .C63 1970 | Photography, theory and practice. Rev. by L.A. Mannheim [Edited by [NAME]. | v.1 |  | Clerc, [NAME], 1875-1959. | Amphoto | [1970- | 2 | 1
TR145 .C63 1970 | Photography, theory and practice. Rev. by L.A. Mannheim [Edited by [NAME]. | v.2 |  | Clerc, [NAME], 1875-1959. | Amphoto | [1970- | 1 | 0
TR145 .C63 1970 | Photography, theory and practice. Rev. by L.A. Mannheim [Edited by [NAME]. | v.3 |  | Clerc, [NAME], 1875-1959. | Amphoto | [1970- | 2 | 0
TR145 .D32 2005 | Photographer's practical handbook : everything you need to make a success out of your photography / [NAME] Davies. |  |  | Davies, [NAME], 1950- | [NAME] ; Distributed in North America by F&W Publications, | 2005. | 4 | 5
TR145 .D44 | Photography for students of physics and chemistry, by [NAME] ... |  |  | Derr, Louis, 1868-1923. | The Macmillan Company; Macmillan & Co., ltd., | 1916 [c1906]. | 0 | 0
TR145 .F395 | Creative photographer. |  |  | Feininger, Andreas, 1906-1999. | Prentice-Hall | [1955] | 0 | 1
TR145 .G628 1987 | Versatile photographer / by [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME]. | Amphoto, | 1987. | 7 | 3
TR145 .H54 2001 | Photographic possibilities : the expressive use of ideas, materials, and processes / [NAME] and [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME]. | Focal Press, | c2001. | 6 | 9
TR145 .H6223 2001 | Photography / [NAME], [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME]. | Prentice Hall, | c2001. | 7 | 11
TR145 .K4 | Photography for visual communicators [by] [NAME]. Designed by [NAME]. |  |  | Kemp, [NAME], 1936- | Prentice-Hall | [1973] | 3 | 1
TR145 .L315 1977 | Photo technology / [NAME], [NAME]. |  |  | LaCour, [NAME]. | American Technical Society, | 1977. | 14 | 2
TR145 .L315 1977 guide | Photo technology : learning activities / [NAME], [NAME]. |  |  | LaCour, [NAME]. | American Technical Society, | c1977. | 2 | 0
TR145 .L32 2000 | Basic photography / [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME], 1933- | Focal Press, | 2000. | 6 | 6
TR145 .L32 2007 | [NAME]'s basic photography : the guide for serious photographers / [NAME], [NAME], [NAME] ; contributors, [NAME], [NAME], [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME], 1933- | Elsevier/Focal Press, | 2007. | 3 | 2
TR145 .M315 1971 | Manual of photography; formerly the Ilford manual of photography. Edited by [NAME]. |  |  |  | Focal Press | [1971] | 4 | 4
TR145 .M315 2000 | Manual of photography : photographic and digital imaging / [NAME] ... [et [NAME].]. |  |  |  | Focal Press, | 2000. | 6 | 2
TR145 .M33 2005 | Making of great photographs : approaches and techniques of the masters / Eamonn McCabe. |  |  | McCabe, Eamonn. | [NAME] ; Distributed in North America by F+W Publications, | 2005. | 3 | 4
TR145 .M63 2005 | Modernist photography : selections from the Daniel Cowin Collection / edited by [NAME] and [NAME]. |  |  |  | International Center of Photography ; STEiDL, | 2005. | 2 | 3
TR145 .N39 | Introduction to photography [by] [NAME] [and] [NAME]. |  |  | Neblette, [NAME] (Carroll Bernard) | Rochester Institute of Technology, | c1948. | 0 | 1
TR145 .P45 2005 | Photography / Barbara London ... [et [NAME].]. |  |  |  | Pearson Education, | c2005. | 8 | 1
TR145 .S54 | Photo design methods. |  |  | Sheppard, [NAME]. | Amphoto | [1971] | 1 | 1
TR145 .S55 1976 | Photography for designers / [NAME]. |  |  | Sheppard, [NAME]. | Focal Press, | 1976. | 3 | 2
TR145 .T75 1864a | Silver sunbeam. With an introd. by [NAME]. |  |  | Towler, [NAME], 1811-1889. | Morgan & Morgan | [1969] | 0 | 0
TR145 .U6 1953 | Photography. | v.1 |  | United States. Bureau of Naval Personnel. | U.S. Govt. Print. Off., | 1953- | 0 | 0
TR145 .U6 1953 | Photography. | v.2 |  | United States. Bureau of Naval Personnel. | U.S. Govt. Print. Off., | 1953- | 0 | 0
[NAME] | Photographer's mate 2. prepared by [the Navy Training Publications Center]. |  |  | United States. Bureau of Naval Personnel. | U.S. Govt. print. off., | [i.e. 1959]. | 0 | 0
TR 146 .C72 1997 | Lighting for people photography / [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], Stephen. | Amherst, Media, Inc., | c1997. | 13 | 16
TR 146 .F415 1978 | Complete photographer / by [NAME]. |  |  | Feininger, Andreas, 1906-1999. | Prentice-Hall, | c1978. | 0 | 1
TR 146 .G696 1997 | Basic book of photography / [NAME] and [NAME] ; photographs by [NAME] and [NAME] ; drawings by [NAME] and [NAME]. |  |  | Grimm, [NAME]. | Plume, | 1997. | 16 | 4
TR 146 .S374 1992 | Basic techniques of photography : an Ansel Adams guide / [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME], 1934- | Little, [NAME], | c1992. | 19 | 2
TR 146 .S93 | Photography: a handbook of history, materials, and processes. |  |  | Swedlund, [NAME]. | Holt, [NAME] and Winston | [1974] | 14 | 1
TR 146 .S93 | Photography: a handbook of history, materials, and processes. |  |  | Swedlund, [NAME]. | Holt, [NAME] and Winston | [1974] | 8 | 4
TR 146 .S93 | Photography: a handbook of history, materials, and processes. |  |  | Swedlund, [NAME]. | Holt, [NAME] and Winston | [1974] | 8 | 1
TR146 .B33 | Photography as a hobby, by [NAME]; with illustrations by [NAME]. |  |  | Barton, [NAME], 1981- | Harper & brothers, | [c1939]. | 1 | 0
[NAME] .B53 2005 | [NAME] black and white photography workshop. |  |  | Blakemore, [NAME], 1936- | [NAME] ; Distributed in North America by F+W Publications, | 2005. | 2 | 3
TR146 .C78 2005 | Essential black & white photography manual : for digital and film photographers / [NAME]. |  |  | Crawford, [NAME]. | RotoVision, | c2005. | 6 | 1
TR146 .E135 | How to make good pictures; a guide for the amateur photographer. |  |  | Eastman Kodak Company. |  | c1952. | 2 | 1
TR146 .E26 2006 | Photography : a very short introduction / [NAME]. |  |  | Edwards, [NAME], 1959- | Oxford University Press, | 2006. | 0 | 2
TR146 .F43 1975 | Successful photography / by [NAME]. |  |  | Feininger, Andreas, 1906-1999. | Prentice-Hall, | [1975] | 4 | 0
TR146 .F873 | Reinhold's photo and movie book [by] [NAME]. |  |  | Freytag, Heinrich. | [NAME]. Corp. | [c1964] | 0 | 0
TR146 .G36 2005 | Mastering black and white photography : a case study approach to achieving professional results / [NAME]. |  |  | Garrett, [NAME], 1941- | [NAME], | 2005. | 5 | 2
TR146 .H645 | Approaching photography / [NAME] ; with a foreword by [NAME]. |  |  | Hill, [NAME], 1941- | Focal Press, | c1982. | 3 | 5
TR146 .H793 2005 | Black & white photography : a basic manual / [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME]. | Little, [NAME], | c2005. | 13 | 3
TR146 .H82 2005 | Book of photography : [the history, the technique, the art, the future] / text by [NAME]. |  |  | Hoy, [NAME] | National Geographic, | c2005. | 4 | 8
TR146 .L36 2004 | [NAME] simple art of black and white photography : easy methods for making fine art prints. |  |  | Frost, [NAME]. | David & Charles, | 2004. | 5 | 4
TR146 .L618 2001 | Short course in photography : an introduction to black-and-white photographic technique ; including digital imaging / [NAME], [NAME]. |  |  | London, Barbara, 1936- | Prentice Hall, | c2001. | 1 | 3
[NAME] .L67 2006 | Handbook of photography / [NAME], [NAME], [NAME], Jr. |  |  | Folts, [NAME] | Thomson/Delmar Learning, | c2006. | 1 | 1
TR146 .M25 1972 | Practical photography [by] [NAME]. |  |  | McCoy, [NAME] | McKnight & McKnight | [1972] | 4 | 1
TR146 .M26 2004 | Exploring basic black and white photography / [NAME]. |  |  | McKenzie, Joy. | Delmar Learning, | c2004. | 4 | 6
TR146 .M4 1942 | Photography, by C.E. Kenneth Mees ... |  |  | Mees, [NAME] ([NAME]), 1882-1960. | The Macmillan Company, | [c1942]. | 0 | 0
TR146 .M626 | More joy of photography / the editors of Eastman Kodak Company. |  |  |  | Addison-Wesley Pub. Co., | c1981. | 5 | 2
[NAME] .M76 1942 | [NAME] photography; the master book for the larger camera [by] [NAME], [NAME], and thirty contributors. |  |  | Morgan, [NAME], 1900- | Morgan & Lester | [c1942] | 4 | 0
TR146 .M77 | [NAME] manual; a manual for the amateur and professional, covering the field of miniature camera photography [by] [NAME], [NAME] and contributors. | v.12 |  | Morgan, [NAME] | Morgan & Lester, | 1935- | 1 | 0
TR146 .P444 1982 | Photography for beginners. |  |  |  | Minolta Corp. ; Doubleday, | c1982. | 19 | 2
[NAME] .P46 2003 | Photography reader / edited by [NAME]. |  |  |  | Routledge, | 2003. | 7 | 2
TR146 .Q3 1948 | [NAME] photography. |  |  | Quarles, [NAME], 1909- | McGraw-Hill Book Co., | c1948. | 3 | 1
TR146 .R35 2002 | Black & white photography / [NAME], [NAME]. |  |  | Rand, [NAME]. | Delmar/Thomson Learning, | c2002. | 3 | 5
TR146 .S8697 2003 | Creative black-and-white photography : advanced camera and darkroom techniques / [NAME]. |  |  | Suess, [NAME] | Allworth Press, | c2003. | 4 | 8
TR146 .S887 1973 | Amateur photographer's handbook. |  |  | Sussman, [NAME]. | [NAME] | [c1973] | 5 | 1
[NAME] .V49 | Craft of photography. |  |  | Vestal, [NAME]. | Harper & Row | [1975] | 1 | 1
TR146 .W163 | Introduction to photography, by [NAME]. |  |  | Wakefield, [NAME] | Amphoto, | [1969] | 1 | 0
TR146 .W25 1964 | Camera techniques, fundamentals and equipment [by[NAME]. |  |  | Walls, [NAME][NAME]) | Focal Pr. | [1964] | 3 | 0
TR146 .W7 1970 | Creative 35mm techniques. |  |  | Woolley, A. E. (Al E.), 1926- | Amphoto | [1970] | 0 | 0
TR 147 .B74 1991 | Basic digital photography / [NAME]. |  |  | Breslow, [NAME]. | Focal Press, | c1991. | 8 | 8
TR 147 .C89 1999 | Creativity : innovative ways to build great design / [NAME]. |  |  | Sawahata, Lesa. | Rockport Publishers ; Distributed to the book trade and art trade in the U.S. by North Light Books, | c1999. | 6 | 11
TR 147 .C89 1999 | Photography : creating effective graphic design with photography / [NAME]. |  |  | Cullen, [NAME]. | Rockport Publishers ; Distributed to the book trade and the art trade in the U.S. by North Light Books, | c1999. | 5 | 13
TR 147 .F55 1990 | Films and videos on photography / compiled by Program for Art on Film, Direction des museÌes de France. |  |  |  | The Program, | c1990. | 0 | 1
TR 147 .G63 1991 | Power of photography : how photographs changed our lives / [NAME]. |  |  | Goldberg, [NAME]. | Abbeville Press, | c1991. | 12 | 4
[NAME] .B92 | First photographs : people, places, and phenomena as captured for the first time by the camera / [NAME]. |  |  | Buckland, [NAME]. | Macmillan, | c1980. | 4 | 0
[NAME] .E23 | Here's how Book of photography. |  |  | Eastman Kodak Company. |  | 1971] | 4 | 0
[NAME] .F42 1970 | Total picture control. |  |  | Feininger, Andreas, 1906-1999. | Amphoto | [1970] | 0 | 1
[NAME] .F713 | Faults in photography: causes and correctives; translation [from the German] by [NAME]. |  |  | Fritsche, [NAME]. | Focal P., | 1968. | 1 | 0
[NAME] .H87 | Photo/graphic design : the interaction of design and photography / [NAME]. |  |  | Hurlburt, [NAME], 1910- | Watson-Guptill Publications, | 1983. | 4 | 5
[NAME] .M33 | Master photographers : the world's great photographers on their art and technique / edited by [NAME]. |  |  |  | [NAME], | c1983. | 28 | 5
[NAME] .N46 1971 | 35mm. photo technique [by[NAME]. |  |  | Newcombe, [NAME], 1901- | Focal Press | 1971 | 1 | 0
[NAME] .V53 | Visions and images : American photographers on photography / [NAME] with [NAME] ... [et [NAME].]. |  |  |  | Rizzoli, | 1981, c1982. | 8 | 6
TR 148 .H86 1992 | Illusion : the art and craft of special effects for still photographers / [NAME], [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME]. | Focal Press, | c1992. | 19 | 9
TR 148 .T76 1982 | Trick photography. |  |  |  | Minolta Corp. ; Doubleday, | c1982. | 14 | 5
TR148 .D28 | Darkroom / Wynn Bullock .. [et al]. ; edited by [NAME]. |  |  |  | Lustrum Press ; distributed by Light Impressions Corp., | c1977. | 6 | 2
TR148 .L813 | Photographics; line and contrast methods. [Translated by [NAME]] |  |  | Lundqvist, PaÌˆr, 1937- | Van Nostrand Reinhold Co. | [1972] | 3 | 2
TR148 .S43 1980 | High contrast / [NAME]. |  |  | Seeley, J. | Curtin & London ; Van Nostrand Reinhold, | 1980. | 0 | 1
TR148 .T44 1988 | Tcherevkoff : the image maker / [NAME]. |  |  | Tcherevkoff, [NAME]. | Amphoto, | 1988. | 16 | 3
TR148 .W37 1984 | Experimental photography / [NAME] ; edited by [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME]. | [NAME], | 1984. | 21 | 4
TR 149 .N4 | [NAME] photography for club and home use [by] [NAME]... [NAME] ... [and] [NAME] ... |  |  | Neblette, [NAME] (Carroll Bernard) | The Macmillan company, | 1936. | 3 | 2
[NAME] | Ongoing moment / [NAME]. |  |  | Dyer, Geoff. | Pantheon Books, | c2005. | 0 | 1
[NAME] .S4 | Fun of photography, by [NAME] and [NAME]. |  |  | Scacheri, [NAME]. | Harcourt, Brace & company | [c1938] | 0 | 0
TR154 .G54 | Complete photography careers handbook / [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME], 1922- | Dutton, | c1982. | 6 | 0
TR154 .G64 | Photography game; what it is and how to play it, by [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME] | Viking Press | [1971] | 1 | 0
TR161 .M46 2008 | Moment it clicks : photography secrets from one of the world's top shooters / [NAME]. |  |  | McNally, [NAME], 1952- | New Riders, | 2008. | 4 | 3
TR161 .R36 2006 | Teaching photography : tools for the imaging educator / [NAME], [NAME]. |  |  | Rand, [NAME]. | Focal Press, | c2006. | 2 | 2
TR179 .F37 2008 | Elements of photography : understanding and creating sophisticated images / [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME]. | Focal Press, | c2008. | 4 | 3
TR179 .M3513 | Photo design; picture composition in black-and-white photography. [English translation by [NAME]] |  |  | Mante, [NAME]. | [NAME] Reinhold | [1971] | 5 | 2
TR179 .M35513 2008 | Photograph : composition and color design / [NAME] ; translated by [NAME]. |  |  | Mante, [NAME]. | [NAME] ; Distributed by O'Reilly Media, | c2008 | 2 | 2
TR179 .P47 1988 | Learning to see creatively / [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME] | Amphoto, | 1988. | 6 | 2
TR179 .S56 1998 | Nature of photographs / [NAME]. |  |  | Shore, Stephen, 1947- | Johns Hopkins University Press, | 1998. | 6 | 6
TR179 .S56 2007 | Nature of photographs / by [NAME]. |  |  | Shore, Stephen, 1947- | Phaidon Press, | c2007. | 3 | 5
TR179 .W65 1988 | Visual thinking : methods for making images memorable / [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME]. | American Showcase : Distributed by Rizzoli International Publications, | c1988. | 10 | 9
TR179 .Z34 2007 | Perception and imaging : photography--a way of seeing / [NAME]. |  |  | Zakia, [NAME] | Focal Press, | c2007. | 4 | 3
TR 183 .L28 1996 | Photography, vision, and the production of modern bodies / [NAME]. |  |  | Lalvani, Suren, 1954- | State University of New York Press, | c1996. | 1 | 2
TR 183 .M4 1997 | Engine of visualization : thinking through photography / [NAME]. |  |  | Maynard, Patrick, 1939- | Cornell University Press, | 1997. | 1 | 1
TR 183 .M8 1998 | Visions of modernity : representation, memory, time and space in the age of the camera / [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME]. | SAGE Publications, | 1998. | 3 | 4
TR 183 .S29 2000 | Transforming images : how photography complicates the picture / [NAME]. |  |  | Savedoff, [NAME] | Cornell University Press, | 2000. | 2 | 2
TR183 .B45 1995 | Another way of telling / [NAME], [NAME] ; with the help of [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME]. | Vintage Books, | 1995. | 2 | 2
TR183 .F5813 2000 | Towards a philosophy of photography / [NAME] ; with an introduction by Hubertus von Amelunxen. |  |  | Flusser, VileÌm, 1920- | Reaktion, | 2000. | 1 | 2
TR183 .F75 2002 | Aesthetics and photography / [NAME] Friday. |  |  | Friday, [NAME]. | Ashgate, | c2002. | 0 | 6
TR183 .M67 1989 | Time pieces : photographs, writing, and memory / [NAME]. |  |  | Morris, [NAME], 1910-1998. | Aperture, | c1989. | 4 | 0
TR183 .P47 1978 | Reading photographs : understanding the aesthetics of photography / Photographers' Gallery. |  |  | Photographers' Gallery. | Pantheon Books, | [1978] c1977. | 2 | 2
TR183 .S42 1989 | [NAME] on photography / edited with an introduction by [NAME] and [NAME] ; foreword by [NAME]. |  |  | Shaw, [NAME], 1856-1950. | [NAME], | c1989. | 1 | 0
TR183 .S65 | On photography / [NAME]. |  |  | Sontag, [NAME], 1933- | Farrar, Straus an Giroux, | c1977. | 3 | 2
TR183 .S65 | On photography / [NAME]. |  |  | Sontag, [NAME], 1933- | Farrar, Straus an Giroux, | c1977. | 7 | 1
TR183 .T34 1993 | Burden of representation : essays on photographies and histories / [NAME]. |  |  | Tagg, [NAME]. | University of Minnesota Press, | 1993. | 6 | 4
TR183 .T344 2009 | Disciplinary frame : photographic truths and the capture of meaning / [NAME]. |  |  | Tagg, [NAME]. | University of Minnesota Press, | c2009. | 0 | 3
TR183 .T475 2003 | Truth and photography : notes on looking and photographing / [NAME]. |  |  | Thompson, [NAME] | [NAME], | 2003. | 4 | 1
TR 185 .P53 1995 | Photography speaks II : from the Chrysler Museum collection : 70 photographers on their art / [compiled by] [NAME]. |  |  |  | Aperture ; Chrysler Museum of Art, | c1995. | 7 | 12
TR185 .L9 1966 | Photographers on photography; a critical anthology. |  |  | Lyons, Nathan, | Prentice-Hall | [1966] | 13 | 4
TR185 .P487 | Photography, essays & images : illustrated readings in the history of photography / edited by [NAME]. |  |  |  | Museum of Modern Art ; Distributed by New York Graphic Society, | c1980. | 5 | 11
TR185 .P49 | Photography in print : writings from 1816 to the present / edited by [NAME]. |  |  |  | [NAME] and [NAME], | c1981. | 7 | 3
TR185 .P5 1989 | Photography in the modern era : European documents and critical writings, 1913-1940 / edited and with an introduction by [NAME]. |  |  |  | Metropolitan Museum of Art : Aperture, | c1989. | 0 | 2
TR185 .P55 2007 | Photography theory / edited by [NAME]. |  |  |  | Routledge, | 2007. | 2 | 2
TR185 .R67 2004 | Decoys and disruptions : selected writings, 1975-2001 / [NAME]. |  |  | Rosler, [NAME]. | MIT Press in association with International Center of Photography, New York, | c2004. | 0 | 2
TR 187 .F55 1994 | How to look at photographs : reflections on the art of seeing / by [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME], 1921- | [NAME], | 1994. | 21 | 10
TR 187 .I45 1996 | Illuminations : women writing on photography from the 1850s to the present / edited by [NAME] and [NAME]. |  |  |  | Duke University Press, | 1996. | 7 | 5
TR 187 .M87 1998 | Photography's multiple roles : art, document, market, science / [NAME] ... [et [NAME].]. |  |  | Museum of Contemporary Photography (Columbia College (Chicago, Ill.)) | Museum of Contemporary Photography, Columbia College ; Dap, Inc., | c1998. | 6 | 11
[NAME] 1995 | Trace and transformation : American criticism of photography in the modernist period / [NAME]. |  |  | Eisinger, Joel. | University of New Mexico Press, | c1995. | 0 | 1
[NAME] .L5 | Make your own photo equipment. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME] | Fountain Press; Macmillan | [1960, c1959] | 0 | 0
TR196 .S43 1984 | Photographer's guide to the safe use of materials / by [NAME]. |  |  | Seeger, [NAME]. | Art Institute of Chicago, | c1984. | 2 | 1
[NAME] .T6 | Photographic sensitometry; the study of tone reproduction [by] [NAME] [and] [NAME]. |  |  | Todd, [NAME] | Morgan & Morgan | [1969] | 2 | 1
TR197 .H67 1989 | Photographer's source : a complete catalogue / [NAME] ; with [NAME]...[et [NAME].] |  |  | [NAME], [NAME]. | Simon & Schuster, | 1989. | 8 | 3
TR199 .B66 2001 | Book of 101 books : seminal photographic books of the twentieth century / edited by [NAME] ; essays by [NAME] ... [et [NAME].] ; catalogue by [NAME] and [NAME]. |  |  |  | PPP Editions in association with [NAME], | 2001. | 0 | 1
TR200 .C6 1965 | Photographic science: symposium, Paris 1965; edited by [NAME]. |  |  | CongreÌ€s International de Science Photographique (1965 : Paris) | Focal P. | [1967]. | 0 | 0
TR200 .J3 1968 | Fundamentals of photographic theory, by [NAME] [and] [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME] ([NAME]), 1912- | Morgan & Morgan | [c1968] | 1 | 0
TR200 .M4 1966 | Theory of the photographic process, edited by [NAME] with the technical assistance of [NAME]. Contributors: [NAME] [and others] |  |  | Mees, [NAME] ([NAME]), 1882-1960. | Macmillan | [c1966] | 0 | 0
TR200 .S54 1969 | Investigations on the theory of the photographic process, by [NAME]... [NAME]... |  |  | Sheppard, [NAME], 1882-1948. | The Focal Press | [1969] | 1 | 0
TR210 .J6 | Photographic chemistry [by] [NAME] and G.T.J. Field. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME]. | Reinhold Pub. Corp., | 1963. | 2 | 0
TR 212 .R46 1992 | Health hazards for photographers / [NAME] and [NAME]. |  |  | Rempel, Siegfried. | Lyons & Burford, | c1992. | 7 | 1
TR212 .R8 | Chemical analysis in photography [by] [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME]. | New York, Focal P. | [1965] | 2 | 0
TR220 .C47 | Introduction to the science of photography. |  |  | Chamberlain, [NAME], 1892- | Macmillan | [c1951] | 2 | 1
TR 222 .F78 1995 | Fugitive images : from photography to video / edited by Patrice Petro. |  |  |  | Indiana University Press, | c1995. | 0 | 2
TR222 .D378 2001 | Digital imaging for photographers / Adrian Davies and [NAME]. |  |  | Davies, Adrian, 1953- | Focal Press, | c2001. | 3 | 4
TR 250 .G65 1992 | Camera technology : the dark side of the lens / [NAME]. |  |  | Goldberg, Norman, 1931- | Academic Press, | c1992. | 5 | 3
TR250 .C63 | [NAME] : from Daguerreotypes to instant pictures / by [NAME]. | 1978 |  | Coe, [NAME], 1930- | [NAME], | 1978. | 9 | 4
TR250 .E4 | Cameras: the facts; how they work, what they do, how they compare, 1963/64, by [NAME] and [NAME]. |  |  | Emanuel, [NAME], 1908-, | [NAME] | [1963] | 4 | 0
TR250 .H29 | Camera obscura : a chronicle / [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME] | Hilger, | c1981. | 6 | 0
TR250 .L67 1982 | Century of cameras from the collection of the International Museum of Photography at [NAME] / by [NAME], Jr. |  |  | Lothrop, [NAME] | Morgan & Morgan, | c1982. | 2 | 3
TR250 .N37 1966 | Camera repairman's handbook / prepared/edited by S.L. Love [et [NAME].]. |  |  | National Camera Repair School, Englewood, Colo. | National Camera Repair School], | 1966. | 1 | 0
TR250 .R388 | Camera systems : a technical guide to cameras and their accessories / [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME] | Focal Press, | 1983. | 9 | 1
TR250 .T55 | Camera, by the editors of Time-Life Books. |  |  | Time-Life Books. |  | [1970] | 9 | 0
TR 257 .W5477 1995 | Medium format advantage / [NAME]. |  |  | Wildi, [NAME]. | Focal Press, | c1995. | 7 | 1
TR257 .W55 1987 | Medium format photography / [NAME]. |  |  | Wildi, [NAME]. | Focal Press, | c1987. | 7 | 1
TR 258 .S7 1993 | View camera technique / [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME] | Focal Press, | c1993. | 17 | 0
TR 258 .S7 1999 | View camera technique / [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME] | Focal Press, | c1999. | 5 | 3
TR258 .S55 1987 | Using the view camera / by [NAME]. |  |  | Simmons, [NAME]. | Amphoto, | c1987. | 9 | 1
TR258 .S67 1987 | User's guide to the view camera / [NAME]. |  |  | Stone, [NAME]. | Little, [NAME], | c1987. | 3 | 1
TR 262 .B87 1992 | Complete 35mm sourcebook / [NAME] ; consultant editor, [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME]. | Amphoto, | 1992. | 17 | 4
TR262 .D29 1994 | 35mm camera handbook / [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME]. | Chartwell Books, Inc., | c1994. | 3 | 1
TR 263 .C3 S54 | How to select and use Canon SLR cameras / by [NAME]. |  |  | Shipman, [NAME]. | HP Books, | c1977. | 11 | 1
TR 263 .H3 W54 2000 | Hasselblad manual / [NAME]. |  |  | Wildi, [NAME]. | Focal Press, | c2000. | 3 | 3
TR263.M3 B67 | Mamiya M645 / [NAME]. |  |  | Borell, [NAME]. | Focal Press, | 1983. | 3 | 5
TR263.P6 A3 1978 | Polaroid Land photography / Ansel Adams, with the collaboration of [NAME]. |  |  | Adams, Ansel, 1902-1984. | New York Graphic Society, | c1978. | 9 | 2
TR 267 .E75 1999 | Professional digital photography / [NAME], [NAME]. |  |  | Erickson, [NAME]. | Prentice Hall PTR, | c1999. | 6 | 2
TR 267 .F37 1996 | Photographer's digital studio : transferring your photos into pixels / by [NAME]. |  |  | Farace, [NAME]. | [NAME]. ; Peachpit Press, | c1996. | 5 | 2
TR 267 .G37 1994 | Digital photo illustration / [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME]. | [NAME], | c1994. | 5 | 0
TR 267 .G44 2000 | Photo-graphics : real world photo-graphic projects - from brief to finished solution / [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME] | RotoVision, | 2000. | 9 | 6
TR 267 .K73 2005 | Photo idea index / [NAME]. |  |  | Krause, [NAME], 1962- | HOW Books, | c2005. | 8 | 6
TR 267 .T46 2007 | Canon speedlite system digital field guide / [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME]. | [NAME] ; [NAME] [distributor], | c2007. | 4 | 2
TR267 .A24 2007 | Shooting digital : pro tips for taking great pictures with your digital camera / [NAME]. |  |  | Aaland, [NAME], 1952- | Wiley, | 2007. | 2 | 2
TR267 .B55 2008 | Glossary of digital photography / [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME], photographer. | [NAME] ; distributed by O'Reilly Media, | c2008. | 1 | 2
TR267 .D344 2005 | Digital color printing handbook : getting better colors from your photographs / [NAME]. |  |  | Daly, [NAME], 1964- | [NAME], | 2005. | 3 | 2
[NAME] | DigitalXposure : formulas for designing with digital photography / editors, Kathleen Ziegler & [NAME]. |  |  |  | Dimensional Illustrators ; Hi Marketing, | 2002. | 1 | 3
TR267 .F737 2007 | Digital SLR handbook / [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME], 1948- | [NAME], | c2007. | 2 | 2
TR267 .G36 2006 | Total digital photography / [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME]. | Running Press, | c2006. | 2 | 1
[NAME] 2007 | Digital nature photography : the art and the science / [NAME] and [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME]. | Elsevier/Focal Press, | c2007. | 5 | 2
[NAME] 2002 | Professional digital photography : techniques for lighting, shooting and image editing / [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME]. | Amherst Media, Inc., | c2002. | 3 | 7
TR267 .P22 2006 | Color correction for digital photographers only / [NAME] and [NAME]. |  |  | Padova, [NAME]. | Wiley, | 2006. | 4 | 1
[NAME] 2009 | After photography / [NAME]. |  |  | Ritchin, Fred. | W.W. Norton, | c2009. | 1 | 2
TR267 .S7433 2007 | Fine art printing for photographers : exhibition quality prints with inkjet printers / Uwe Steinmueller and [NAME]. |  |  | Steinmueller, Uwe. | [NAME] ; Distributed by O'Reilly Media, | c2007. | 1 | 1
TR267 .V37 2001 | Digital photography for graphic designers : from photo shoots to image output / [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME]. | Rockport ; RotoVision, | 2001. | 2 | 2
TR268 .E87 2001 | I am not this body : photographs / by [NAME] ; texts by [NAME] ... [et [NAME].]. |  |  | Ess, B. | Aperture, | c2001. | 2 | 3
TR268 .F87 1996 | Pinhole photographs / photographs by [NAME]. |  |  | Fuss, [NAME], 1961- | Smithsonian Institution Press, | 1996. | 2 | 1
TR270 .N42 1973 | Photographic lenses, by [NAME] and [NAME]. |  |  | Neblette, [NAME] (Carroll Bernard) | Morgan & Morgan | [1973] | 1 | 0
TR280 .W3 | Practical sensitometry, by [NAME]. |  |  | Wakefield, [NAME] | Fountain, | 1970. | 0 | 0
TR287 .C65 | Photofinishing techniques and equipment [by] [NAME]. |  |  | Coote, [NAME]. | Focal Press, | 1970. | 0 | 1
TR287 .F44 | Darkroom techniques. | v.1 |  | Feininger, Andreas, 1906-1999. | Prentice-Hall | [1974] | 2 | 0
TR287 .F44 | Darkroom techniques. | v.2 |  | Feininger, Andreas, 1906-1999. | Prentice-Hall | [1974] | 3 | 0
TR287 .N3 | Basic b & w darkroom book / [NAME]. |  |  | Nadler, [NAME]. | F/22 Press, | c1978. | 10 | 1
TR287 .R83 | Darkroom graphics : creative techniques for photographers and artists / Joanne & Philip Ruggles. |  |  | Ruggles, Joanne | Amphoto, | 1975. | 5 | 0
TR290 .J3 1970 | Developing, the negative technique [by] [NAME] and [NAME]. |  |  | Jacobson, Kurt I., 1906- | Focal Press; distributed in the U.S.A. by Amphoto | [1970]. | 3 | 0
TR295 .H3 | Monobath manual. |  |  | Haist, Grant. | Morgan & Morgan | [1966] | 2 | 1
TR310 .C69 1964 | Retouching : corrective techniques in photography / O.R. Croy. |  |  | Croy, [NAME], 1902- | Amphoto, | 1964. | 2 | 0
TR310 .F55 1973 | How to retouch & spot negatives & prints, [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME]. | American Photographic Book Pub. Co. | 1973, c1968. | 3 | 1
TR310 .J36 2006 | Digital intermediates for film and video / [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME], 1977- | Focal Press/Elsevier, | c2006. | 1 | 1
TR310 .W45 1973 | Modern retouching manual. |  |  | West, [NAME]. | Amphoto | [1973] | 2 | 1
TR320 .T55 | Print, by the editors of Time-Life Books. |  |  | Time-Life Books. |  | [1970] | 6 | 0
TR 330 .C74 1997 | Post exposure : advanced techniques for the photographic printer / [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME]. | Focal Press, | c1997. | 4 | 1
TR330 .D37 | Darkroom dynamics : a guide to creative darkroom techniques / [NAME], editor. |  |  |  | Curtin & London, | 1979. | 13 | 1
TR330 .H7 | Photo art processes / [NAME] ; [graphic design, [NAME]]. |  |  | Howell-Koehler, [NAME]. | Davis Publications, | c1980. | 1 | 2
TR330 .J3 1970 | How to use variable contrast papers [by] [NAME], Jr. |  |  | Jacobs, [NAME]. | Amphoto | [1970] | 2 | 0
TR330 .S2 | Photographic printmaking techniques / by Deli Sacilotto. |  |  | Sacilotto, Deli. | Watson-Guptill Publications, | 1982. | 8 | 2
TR 335 .E64 1995 | Creative duotone effects : a guide to choosing successful color combinations / [NAME]. |  |  | Emery, [NAME]. | Rockport, | 1995. | 2 | 5
TR350 .J35 2002 | Book of alternative photographic processes / by [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME]. | Delmar Thomson Learning, | c2002. | 5 | 2
TR 365 .A47 1991 | America and the daguerreotype / edited by [NAME]. |  |  |  | University of Iowa Press, | 1991. | 2 | 1
TR 365 .P38 1998 | Silver canvas : daguerreotype masterpieces from the J. Paul Getty Museum / Bates Lowry and Isabel Barrett Lowry. |  |  | J. Paul Getty Museum. | The Museum, | c1998. | 3 | 3
TR365 .N4 | Daguerreotype in America. |  |  | Newhall, Beaumont, 1908- | Duell, Sloan & Pearce | [1961] | 0 | 1
TR365 .R47 | American Daguerreian [sic] art [by] Floyd and Marion Rinhart. |  |  | Rinhart, [NAME]. | [NAME]; distributed by Crown Publishers | [1967] | 0 | 1
TR365 .R48 | American daguerreotype / [NAME] and Marion Rinhart. |  |  | Rinhart, [NAME]. | University of Georgia Press, | c1981. | 2 | 1
TR365 .R83 | Mirror image; the influence of the daguerreotype on American society. |  |  | Rudisill, [NAME]. | University of New Mexico Press | [1971] | 2 | 4
TR365 .S6 | Spirit of fact : the daguerreotypes of Southworth & Hawes, 1843-1862 / [NAME] and [NAME] ; with research assistance by [NAME]. |  |  | Sobieszek, [NAME], 1943- | [NAME], | c1976. | 0 | 0
TR375 .C37 2002 | Working stiffs : occupational portraits in the age of tintypes / [NAME]. |  |  | Carlebach, [NAME] | Smithsonian Institution Press, | c2002. | 1 | 1
TR395 .B74 1984 | Paper and light : the calotype in France and Great Britain, 1839-1870 / [NAME], with [NAME], [NAME], and [NAME]. |  |  | Brettell, [NAME] | [NAME], | 1984. | 2 | 2
[NAME] .T39 2007 | Impressed by light : British photographs from paper negatives, 1840-1860 / [NAME] ; biographical dictionary by [NAME] in collaboration with [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME], 1940- | Metropolitan Museum of Art ; National Gallery of Art ; Yale University Press, | c2007. | 0 | 2
TR445 .S36 | Gum bichromate book : contemporary methods for photographic printmaking / [NAME] ; [illustrated by [NAME]]. |  |  | Scopick, [NAME], 1944- | Light Impressions, | c1978. | 4 | 1
TR 465 .W55 1993 | Permanence and care of color photographs : traditional and digital color prints, color negatives, slides, and motion pictures / by [NAME] with contributing author, Carol Brower. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME], 1943- | [NAME], | c1993. | 4 | 1
TR465 .C77 2007 | Digital restoration from start to finish : how to repair old and damaged photographs / [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME]. | Focal Press, | 2007. | 1 | 2
TR465 .H445 2008 | Scrapbooks : an American history / [NAME]. |  |  | Helfand, Jessica. | Yale University Press, | c2008. | 0 | 1
TR465 .L39313 2009 | Photographs of the past : process and preservation / Bertrand LaveÌdrine ; with Jean-Paul Gandolfo, [NAME], and [NAME] ; translated by [NAME]. |  |  | LaveÌdrine, Bertrand. | Getty Conservation Institute, | c2009. | 1 | 1
TR465 .R46 1987 | Care of photographs / Siegfried Rempel. |  |  | Rempel, Siegfried. | [NAME], | c1987. | 0 | 1
TR470 .C8613 | Camera copying and reproduction. [English translation by L.A. Mannheim] |  |  | Croy, [NAME], 1902- | Focal Press, [NAME]; [distributed by] Hastings House | [c1964] | 1 | 0
TR470 .S54 1972 | Close-up photography and copying / [NAME] ; photos. by the author. |  |  | Simmons, [NAME], 1931- | Amphoto, | 1972,c1961. | 0 | 1
[NAME] .J3 1969 | Enlarging [by] [NAME] [and] [NAME]. |  |  | Jacobson, Kurt I., 1906- | Amphoto | [1969] | 0 | 0
[NAME] .N49 | Bigger and better enlarging / by [NAME] and [NAME]. |  |  | Nibbelink, [NAME] | AMPHOTO, | [1974] | 2 | 2
TR476 .G5 1971 | Perfecting your enlarging. |  |  | Gibson, Henry Louis, 1906- | Amphoto, | 1971, [c1966]. | 2 | 3
TR 485 .M23 1998 | Art of handpainting photographs / Cheryl Machat Dorskind. |  |  | Machat Dorskind, [NAME]. | [NAME], | 1998. | 1 | 4
TR485 .H46 1996 | Painted photograph, 1839-1914 : origins, techniques, aspirations / [NAME] and [NAME]. |  |  | Henisch, [NAME] | Pennsylvania State University Press, | c1996. | 1 | 3
TR485 .W5 | Natural photo oil coloring, by [NAME]. |  |  | Whitney, [NAME] | Amphoto | [1965] | 1 | 1
[NAME] .R67 1973 | Making slide duplicates, titles & filmstrips. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME]. | Amphoto | [1973] | 0 | 0
[NAME] .Y4 | Transparency making made easy / by [NAME]. |  |  | Yeamans, [NAME][NAME]), 1929- | Distributed by the Ball State Bookstore, | c1977. | 0 | 0
TR505 .S53 1988 | Multi-image slide/tape programs / [NAME]. |  |  | Slawson, [NAME]. | Libraries Unlimited, | 1988. | 1 | 0
TR505 .S74 1987 | Slide showmanship / [NAME]. |  |  | Stecker, Elinor. | Amphoto, | 1987. | 4 | 0
TR506 .N44 | Slide projector : a module on geometrical and physical optics / [NAME]. |  |  | Neighbor, [NAME]. | McGraw-Hill, | c1975. | 0 | 1
TR 510 .H65 1989 | Exploring color photography / [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME]. | [NAME], | c1989. | 19 | 13
TR510 .B4 | Colour with Kodak films : still and movie : How to tackle any subject with Kodak colour films / [NAME] and [NAME]. |  |  | Blitz, Georg. | Focal Press, | [c1963]. | 1 | 4
TR510 .C538 1982 | Color photography. |  |  |  | Minolta Corp. ; Doubleday, | c1982. | 10 | 2
TR510 .F4 | Basic color photography. |  |  | Feininger, Andreas, 1906-1999. | Amphoto | [1972] | 1 | 0
TR510 .G313 1972 | Creative colour photography, by [NAME] and [NAME]. [Translated by [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME]. | Fountain Press | [1972, c1969] | 3 | 5
TR510 .G34 | Take color. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME]. | Amphoto | [1970] | 1 | 1
[NAME] 1983 | Creation / Ernst Haas. |  |  | Haas, [NAME], 1921- | Viking Press, | 1983. | 2 | 6
TR510 .H4 | Color photography for the amateur, by [NAME] ... |  |  | Henney, [NAME], 1896- | Whittlesey House, McGraw-Hill Book Company, inc. | [c1938] | 0 | 0
TR510 .H828 2008 | Art and technique of digital color correction / [NAME]. |  |  | Hullfish, [NAME]. | Focal Press/Elsevier, | c2008. | 1 | 1
TR510 .H84 2004 | Reproduction of colour / [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME] ([NAME]), 1923- | [NAME], | c2004. | 0 | 3
TR510 .S57 1969 | Colour in your camera; a book of colour photographs to show how to make colour photographs. |  |  | Skoglund, [NAME]. | Chilton Book Co. | [1969] | 3 | 0
TR510 .S7 1966 | Colour photography in practice [by] [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME] ([NAME]), 1901- | Focal P., | [1969, c1966]. | 1 | 0
TR510 .T55 | Color. |  |  | Time-Life Books. |  | [c1970] | 5 | 2
TR510 .T57 2003 | Elements of color photography : the making of eighty images / [NAME]. |  |  | Todd, [NAME] | [NAME], | 2003. | 1 | 2
TR510 .V5 1971 | Making and printing colour negatives. |  |  | Vickers, [NAME], 1916- | [NAME], | 1971. | 4 | 0
TR 540 .L36 M36 1998 | Insisting on the impossible : the life of Edwin Land / Victor K. McElheny. |  |  | McElheny, [NAME] | Perseus Books, | c1998. | 5 | 1
TR545 .C6 1972 | Colour prints: the photographic technique of the colour positive [by] [NAME]. |  |  | Coote, [NAME]. | Focal Press, | 1972. | 1 | 1
TR545 .E5 1970 | Color printing: materials, processes, color control [by] [NAME]. |  |  | Engdahl, [NAME] | Amphoto, | [1970] | 1 | 1
TR550 .C45 2005 | [NAME] photography / [NAME]. |  |  | Child, [NAME]. | Elsevier/Focal Press, | 2005. | 6 | 3
TR550 .C53 2001 | [NAME] photography : essential skills / [NAME]. |  |  | Child, [NAME]. | Focal Press, | 2001. | 6 | 7
TR550 .R67 1988 | Designing a photographic studio / [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME]. | AMPHOTO, | 1988. | 9 | 2
TR550 .T55 | Studio, by the editors of Time-Life Books. |  |  | Time-Life Books. |  | [1971] | 2 | 6
TR550 .T55 | Studio, by the editors of Time-Life Books. |  |  | Time-Life Books. |  | [1971] | 1 | 2
[NAME] .C87 | Darkroom handbook : a complete guide to the best design, construction, and equipment / [NAME], [NAME]. |  |  | Curtin, Dennis P., 1941- | Van Nostrand Reinhold Co., | [1979] | 10 | 2
[NAME] .M35 1989 | Making darkrooms saferooms : a national report on occupational health and safety / National Press Photographers Association. |  |  |  | The Association, | 1989. | 1 | 0
TR573 .N48 2005 | Studio lighting solutions : expert professional techniques for artistic and commercial success / [NAME]. |  |  | Neubart, [NAME]. | [NAME] ; Windsor [distributor], | 2005. | 6 | 1
TR573 .N8 1969 | Lighting for portraiture; technique and application. |  |  | Nurnberg, [NAME], 1907- | Chilton Book Co. | [1969] | 5 | 2
TR 575 .K34 1989 | [NAME], the art of the portrait : essays / by [NAME] ... [et [NAME].]. |  |  |  | National Gallery of Canada, | 1989. | 19 | 6
TR 575 .P667 1992 | Portrait in photography / edited by [NAME]. |  |  |  | [NAME]., | 1992. | 4 | 4
TR575 .B37 1982 | Basic child photography. |  |  |  | Minolta Corp. ; Doubleday, | c1982. | 8 | 1
TR575 .B4 1973 | Art principles in portrait photography; composition, treatment of backgrounds, and the processes involved in manipulating the plate. |  |  | Beck, [NAME], 1864-1954. | Arno Press, | 1973 [c1907] | 9 | 1
TR575 .H87 | Techniques of portrait photography / [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME]. | Prentice-Hall, | c1983. | 23 | 3
TR575 .H96 2003 | Group portrait photography handbook / [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME]. | Amherst Media, | c2003. | 3 | 0
TR575 .J25 2006 | Digital portrait photography and lighting : take memorable shots every time / [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME]. | [NAME] ; [NAME] [distributor], | 2006. | 5 | 2
TR 581 .K663 1998 | Focal handbook of commercial photography / [NAME]. |  |  | Kopelow, [NAME], 1949- | Focal Press, | c1998. | 7 | 5
TR 590 .C45 2008 | Photographic lighting / [NAME], [NAME]. |  |  | Child, [NAME]. | Focal Press, | 2008. | 5 | 5
TR 590 .F722 2007 | Complete guide to light & lighting in digital photography / [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME], 1945- | Lark Books, | c2007. | 5 | 3
TR 590 .H84 2007 | Light, science and magic : an introduction to photographic lighting. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME]. | Elsevier/Focal, | 2007. | 9 | 1
TR590 .B65 | Manual of photographic lighting, by [NAME]. |  |  | Bomback, [NAME] | Fountain, | 1971. | 4 | 2
TR590 .F74 2002 | Lighting for interiors photography / [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME], 1948- | RotoVision, | 2002. | 1 | 3
TR590 .H53 2005 | Photographer's guide to light / [NAME]. |  |  | Hicks, [NAME]. | [NAME] ; Distributed in North America by F+W Publications, | 2005. | 3 | 2
TR590 .J2424 2002 | Photographer's lighting handbook / [NAME], Jr. |  |  | Jacobs, [NAME]. | Amberst Media, Inc., | c2002. | 3 | 6
TR590 .M8 1972 | Complete lighting guide. |  |  | Murphy, [NAME]. | Amphoto | [1972, c1965] | 4 | 2
TR590 .N8 1968 | Lighting for photography; means and methods, [NAME]. |  |  | Nurnberg, [NAME], 1907- | Focal Press, | 1968. | 1 | 0
TR590 .P48 | Light on people. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME]. | Amphoto | [1971] | 0 | 1
[NAME] .T55 | Light and film, by the editors of Time-Life Books. |  |  | Time-Life Books. |  | [1970] | 5 | 2
TR590 .W48 2004 | Essential lighting manual for digital and film photographers / [NAME]. |  |  | Weston, [NAME]. | RotoVision, | c2004. | 0 | 1
TR590.5 .C5713 | Filter practice/ [NAME], [NAME]. |  |  | Clauss, [NAME]. | Amphoto | 1969, c1962. | 5 | 2
TR 591 .J64 1999 | Practical zone system / [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME], 1948- | Focal Press, | c1999. | 3 | 3
[NAME] | Exposure: theory and practice [by] [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME]. | Amphoto | [1971] | 1 | 1
TR591 .H46 1986 | Controls in black and white photography / [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME] ([NAME]) | Focal Press, | c1986. | 6 | 5
[NAME] 2010 | Exposure digital field guide / [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME]. | Wiley, | c2010. | 0 | 2
TR591 .J64 2007 | Practical zone system : for film and digital photography / [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME], 1948- | Focal, | c2007. | 3 | 2
TR592 .A43 | American snapshots / selected by [NAME] ; introd. by [NAME]. |  |  |  | Scrimshaw Press, | 1977. | 1 | 1
TR593 .M55 1967 | Handbook of high-speed photography. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME] | General Radio Co., | c1967. | 1 | 2
TR605 .J23 1971 | Electronic flash. All photos. by the author unless otherwise noted. |  |  | Jacobs, [NAME]. | Amphoto | [1971] | 1 | 1
TR610 .D38 2010 | Creative night : digital photography tips & techniques / [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME], 1953- | Wiley, | c2010. | 2 | 2
TR 620 .M37 1993 | Photographing buildings inside and out / [NAME]. |  |  | McGrath, [NAME]. | Whitney Library of Design, | c1993. | 5 | 4
TR620 .R68 2005 | Interior photography : lighting and other professional techniques with style / [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME], photographer. | [NAME], | 2005. | 1 | 1
TR624 .T55 | Special problems, by the editors of Time-Life Books. |  |  | Time-Life Books. |  | [1971] | 1 | 2
TR640 .F73 [NAME] 1987 | Light years : the Friends of Photography 1967-1987 / edited by [NAME]. |  |  |  | The Friends of Photography, | c1987. | 2 | 4
TR 642 .B365 1990 | Criticizing photographs : an introduction to understanding images / [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME], 1945- | [NAME]. Co., | c1990. | 10 | 1
TR 642 .B655 1998 | Designing with photographs / [NAME], [NAME]. |  |  | Bonnici, [NAME]. | RotoVision; distributed in the U.S. by Watson-Guptill Publications | c1998 | 8 | 5
TR 642 .C74 1990 | Critical image : essays on contemporary photography / edited by [NAME]. |  |  |  | Bay Press, | 1990. | 2 | 3
TR 642 .V47 1998 | Veronica's revenge : contemporary perspectives on photography / Elizabeth Janus (ed.) ; edited with [NAME]. |  |  |  | LAC ; Scalo ; Distributed in North America by D.A.P., | 1998. | 4 | 9
TR642 .A25 | Examples : the making of 40 photographs / Ansel Adams. |  |  | Adams, Ansel, 1902-1984. | Little, [NAME], | 1983. | 32 | 3
TR642 .A27 | Beauty in photography : essays in defense of traditional values / [NAME]. |  |  | Adams, [NAME], 1937- | Aperture ; Distributed in the U.S. by Harper & Row Publishers, | c1981. | 6 | 3
TR642 .A66 | Signs of life / [NAME], Jr. |  |  | Appel, Alfred. | Knopf : Distributed by Random House, | 1983. | 5 | 1
TR642 .A77 | Art of photography, by the editors of Time-Life Books. |  |  | Time-Life Books. |  | [1971] | 15 | 4
TR642 .B3713 | Camera lucida : reflections on photography / [NAME] ; translated by [NAME]. |  |  | Barthes, Roland. | Hill and Wang, | 1981. | 9 | 4
[NAME] .C33 1972 | Photography as a fine art. With an introd. by [NAME]. |  |  | Caffin, [NAME], 1854-1918. | Amphoto | [1972, c1901] | 2 | 0
TR642 .C64 | Light readings : a photography critic's writings, 1968-1978 / [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], A. D. | Oxford University Press, | 1979. | 0 | 2
TR642 .C66 1989 | Contest of meaning : critical histories of photography / edited by [NAME]. |  |  |  | MIT Press, | c1989. | 3 | 4
TR642 .C67 2004 | Photograph as contemporary art / Charlotte Cotton. |  |  | Cotton, Charlotte. | Thames & Hudson, | 2004. | 6 | 7
TR642 .F68 | Techniques in photography for the screen process printer. |  |  | Fossett, [NAME] | Signs of the Times | [c1959] | 1 | 0
TR642 .F75 2008 | Why photography matters as art as never before / [NAME]. |  |  | Fried, [NAME]. | Yale University Press, | c2008. | 3 | 4
TR642 .G69 | Camera work: a critical anthology. Edited with an introd. by [NAME]. |  |  | Green, [NAME], | Aperture, | 1973] | 2 | 2
TR642 .H37 | Valiant knights of [NAME] : selected critical essays on photography and profiles of photographic pioneers / by [NAME] ; edited by [NAME] and [NAME], with the collaboration of Wistaria [NAME] ; foreword by [NAME] |  |  | Hartmann, Sadakichi, 1867-1944. | University of California Press, | c1978. | 0 | 0
TR642 .H65 | [NAME] and the photo-secession / [NAME]. |  |  | Homer, [NAME]. | Little, [NAME], | c1983. | 7 | 2
TR642 .H66 2004 | Extreme photography : the hottest, coldest, fastest, slowest, nearest, farthest, brightest, darkest, largest,smallest, weirdest images in the universe-- and how they were taken / [NAME]. |  |  | Hope, [NAME], 1956- | RotoVision, | c2004. | 3 | 7
TR642 .K68 | Photography & fascination : essays / by [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME]. | Addison House, | c1979. | 0 | 2
TR642 .N45 2003 | Peripheral space of photography / Murat Nemet-Nejat. |  |  | Nemet-Nejat, Murat. | [NAME], | 2003. | 1 | 6
[NAME] .O94 1999 | Over exposed : essays on contemporary photography / edited by [NAME]. |  |  |  | New Press, | c1999. | 2 | 4
TR642 .R4 1982 | Reading into photography : selected essays, 1959-1980 / edited by [NAME], [NAME], and [NAME]. |  |  |  | University of New Mexico Press, | c1982. | 1 | 0
TR642 .R44 1984 | New photography : a guide to new images, processes, and display techniques for photographers / [NAME], Marilyn Sward. |  |  | Reeve, Catharine. | Prentice-Hall, | c1984. | 1 | 2
TR642 .R493 2002 | Photography's antiquarian avant-garde : the new wave in old processes / [NAME]. |  |  | Rexer, [NAME]. | [NAME], | 2002. | 5 | 2
TR642 .R6 1971 | Pictorial effect in photography, being hints on composition and chiaroscuro for photographers. With a new introd. by [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME] (Henry Peach), 1830-1901. | Helios, | 1971. | 2 | 1
TR642 .W46 | Double take : a comparative look at photographs / by [NAME] ; foreword by Cornell Capa. |  |  | Whelan, [NAME]. | [NAME] : Distributed by [NAME], | c1981. | 2 | 1
TR 645 .H8 F673 1998 | Image and memory : photography from Latin America, 1866-1994 : FotoFest / edited by [NAME], [NAME]. |  |  | FotoFest 1992 (1992 : Houston, Tex.) | University of Texas Press, | 1998. | 4 | 7
TR 645 .N82 M875 1989 | California photography : remaking make-believe / [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME]. | Museum of Modern Art, | c1989. | 1 | 3
TR 645 .S832 S847 1995 | Enduring illusion : photographs from the Stanford University Museum of Art / introduction by [NAME]. |  |  | Stanford University. Museum of Art. | The Museum, | [1995] | 8 | 6
TR645. N72 K68 2002 | New York : capital of photography / [NAME] ; with contributions by [NAME] and [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME]. | Jewish Museum ; Yale University Press, | c2002. | 3 | 6
TR645.B67 B67 2004 | California dreamin' : camera clubs and the pictorial photography tradition / exhibition and catalogue by [NAME] ; with an introduction by [NAME]. |  |  | McCarroll, [NAME]. | Boston University Art Gallery ; Distributed by University of Washington Press, | 2004. | 2 | 1
[NAME] | Taken by design : photographs from the Institute of Design, 1937-1971 / edited by [NAME] and [NAME] ; with essays by [NAME] ... [et [NAME].]. |  |  |  | Art Institute of Chicago in association with the University of Chicago Press, | c2002. | 4 | 7
TR645.L72 P38 2004 | Photographers of genius at the Getty / Weston Naef. |  |  | Naef, [NAME] 1942- | J. Paul Getty Museum, | c2004. | 3 | 5
[NAME] M5667 2008 | Masterpiece photographs from the Minneapolis Institute of Arts : the curatorial legacy of [NAME] Christian A. Peterson. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME] | Minneapolis Institute of Arts, | c2008. | 0 | 2
TR645.M542 W354 2003 | Last picture show : artists using photography, 1960-1982 / [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME], 1964- | Walker [NAME] ; available through D.A.P./Distributed [NAME], | c2003. | 1 | 4
TR645.N532 M835 2000 | Walker Evans & company / [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME]. | Museum of Modern Art : Distributed by [NAME], | c2000. | 6 | 2
TR645.O232 O237 1992 | Seeing straight : the f.64 revolution in photography / edited by Therese [NAME] ; foreword by [NAME] ; essays by [NAME], Therese [NAME], [NAME]. |  |  |  | Oakland Museum, | c1992. | 0 | 3
TR645.S352 M87 2002 | Idea photographic : after modernism / essays by [NAME] and [NAME] ; artists biographies and bibliographies by seminar students Jill Alikas St. Thomas ... [et [NAME].]. |  |  |  | Museum of Fine Arts, Museum of New Mexico, | c2002. | 2 | 6
TR646 .A1 W4 1986 | Photographic art : pictorial traditions in Britain and America / Mike Weaver. |  |  | Weaver, [NAME]. | Harper & Row, | c1986. | 8 | 12
TR646 .A42 | French primitive photography; [exhibition, Nov. 17th through Dec. 28th, 1969] Introd. by [NAME]. Commentaries by AndreÌ Jammes and [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME]. | [Aperture, inc.] | 1970. | 0 | 3
TR646 .B575 2008 | [NAME] : transition / [NAME] in conversation with = im [NAME] [NAME]. |  |  | Birnbaum, Lillian, 1955- | [NAME], | 2008. | 1 | 1
TR646 .U6 N484 1978 | Collection of Alfred Stieglitz : fifty pioneers of modern photography / Weston [NAME]. |  |  | Metropolitan Museum of Art (New York, N.Y.) | Metropolitan Museum of Art, | 1978. | 7 | 2
TR646 .U6 W378 1989 | Photography of invention : American pictures of the 1980s, / essay by [NAME] ; introduction by [NAME]. |  |  | Smith, [NAME] | MIT Press, | c1989. | 5 | 2
TR646.F72 P33 2004 | Documentary and anti-graphic : photographs by [NAME], Walker Evans & Alvarez Bravo. |  |  |  | Steidl, | [2004] | 1 | 7
TR646.F72 P3316 2005 | [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME]. | Steidl ; [NAME] EuropeÌenne de la Photographie, | 2005. | 2 | 6
TR646.G72 L6685 1981 | Old and modern masters of photography / Victoria and [NAME] ; selected and introduced by [NAME] ; foreword by [NAME]. |  |  | Victoria and [NAME]. Dept. of Prints and Drawings. | H.M.S.O., | 1981. | 2 | 5
TR646.U5 M37 | Masters of the camera : Steiglitz, Steichen & their successors / by [NAME] for the American Federation of the Arts. |  |  |  | Holt, [NAME] and Winston, | [1976]. | 8 | 5
TR646.U6 A54 | Black photographer (1908-1970): a survey. |  |  | [NAME]. |  | 1971] | 1 | 1
TR646.U6 L663 1985 | New American photography / [NAME]. |  |  | Gauss, [NAME]. | Los Angeles County Museum of Art, | c1985. | 5 | 9
TR646.U6 N483 | Mirrors and windows : American photography since 1960 / [NAME]. |  |  |  | Museum of Modern Art ; distributed by New York Graphic Society, | c1978. | 7 | 4
TR646.U6 N488 | New Japanese photography, edited by [NAME] and [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME]. | Museum of Modern Art; distributed by New York Graphic Society, Greenwich, Conn. | [1974] | 3 | 0
TR646.U6 O28 | Octave of prayer; an exhibition on a theme. |  |  | White, Minor. | Aperture, | 1972. | 2 | 1
TR646.U6 W375 | Exposed and developed : photography sponsored by the National Endowment for the Arts / by [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME] | Published for the National Museum of American Art by the Smithsonian Institution Press, | 1984. | 0 | 7
TR 647 .B35 1990 | Rule without exception / [NAME] ; organized by Julia Brown Turrell ; [texts, [NAME] ... [et [NAME].]]. |  |  | Baltz, Lewis, 1945- | University of New Mexico Press in association with the Des Moines Art Center, | c1990. | 5 | 4
TR 647 .C56 1994 | Ancestral dialogues : the photographs of [NAME] / edited by [NAME]. |  |  | Chong, [NAME]. | Friends of Photography, | 1993,c1994. | 8 | 5
TR 647 .C7956 1994 | [NAME] photographique, 1969-80 / [textes, [NAME], [NAME], [NAME]] |  |  | Cumming, [NAME], 1943- | [NAME], | 1994. | 8 | 4
TR 647 .E9 S687 1990 | Of time & place : Walker Evans and [NAME] ; with excerpts by [NAME] and stories by [NAME]. |  |  | Southall, [NAME] | Friends of Photography, | 1990. | 6 | 4
TR 647 .F56 1996 | [NAME], [NAME] : [in a restless world / organized by [NAME]]. |  |  | Fischli, [NAME]. | Walker [NAME], | c1996. | 0 | 7
TR 647 .K32 1992 | [NAME] : an American photographer / [NAME], [NAME] |  |  | [NAME], [NAME] | Brooklyn Museum in association with University of Washington Press, | c1992. | 20 | 12
TR 647 .L48 1995 | Moment of exposure : [NAME] ; with an essay by [NAME]. |  |  | Shamis, [NAME]. | National Gallery of Canada, | 1995. | 12 | 9
TR 647 .L8246 L8 1991 | Toward a truer life : photographs of China, 1980-1990 / by [NAME] ; introduction by [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME]. | Aperture, | c1991. | 10 | 5
TR 647 .M393 1991 | [NAME] : an American visionary / edited by [NAME] ; essays by [NAME] ... [et [NAME].]. |  |  | Meatyard, [NAME], 1925-1972. | Akron Art Museum, Ohio ; Rizzoli, | 1991. | 8 | 2
TR 647 .M554 L69 1995 | [NAME] : photographs / [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME] | [NAME] in association with the Philadelphia Museum of Art, | 1995. | 4 | 5
TR 647 .O67 1991 | [NAME] : [NAME] / by [NAME] ; with an afterword by [NAME]. |  |  | Heimerdinger, [NAME]. | The Friends of Photography, | 1992. | 4 | 8
TR 647 .O74 1995 | [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME]. | [NAME], The Estate of Ruth Orkin, | c1995. | 14 | 8
TR 647 .R62 1990 | [NAME] ; introduction by [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME]. | Friends of Photography, | c1989. | 9 | 5
TR 647 .S55 W5 1992 | [NAME] / by [NAME] ; with an afterword by [NAME]. |  |  | Willis-Thomas, [NAME], 1948- | Friends of Photograhy, | c1992. | 15 | 5
TR 647 .S578 1997 | [NAME] : slideworks / edited by [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME]. | [NAME], | c1997. | 9 | 6
TR 647 .S8 1994 | American prospects : photographs / by [NAME] ; introduction by [NAME] ; afterword by [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], Joel. | Chronicle Books, | 1994. | 8 | 8
TR 647 .S84 1993 | [NAME] [NAME] notes / [edited by] [NAME]. |  |  |  | Published by the Minneapolis Institute of Arts in association with W.W. Norton, | c1993. | 15 | 6
TR 647 .W56 1988 | Winogrand : figments from the real world / [NAME]. |  |  | Winogrand, [NAME], 1928- | Museum of Modern Art : Distributed by [NAME], Inc., N.Y., | c1988. | 12 | 7
TR647 .A83 1982 | EugeÌ€ne Atget, 1857-1927 / [NAME]. |  |  | Borcoman, [NAME]. | National Gallery of Canada, | 1984. | 4 | 1
TR647 .A914 1998 | [NAME] : Berlin, Tel Aviv, London, New York / with contributions by Ute [NAME], Jean-Christophe Ammann, [NAME] ; and an interview by [NAME]. |  |  | Auerbach, [NAME], 1906- | Prestel, | c1998. | 1 | 2
TR647 .B675 2003 | [NAME] : the photography of design, 1927-1936 / [NAME]. |  |  | Phillips, [NAME], 1962- | Phillips Collection ; In association with Rizzoli, | 2003. | 5 | 6
TR647 .B73 2000 | BrassaiÌˆ : the monograph / edited by Alain Sayag and [NAME] ; with contributions by [NAME] ... [et [NAME].]. |  |  | BrassaiÌˆ, 1899- | Little, Brown and Company, | c2000. | 6 | 11
TR647 .C33 2005 | Appointment with Sigmund Freud / Sophie Calle. |  |  | Calle, Sophie. | Thames & Hudson in association with [NAME], | 2004. | 2 | 3
TR647 .C3544 1986 | Whisper of the muse : the Overstone album & other photographs / by [NAME] ; essay by [NAME]. |  |  | Cameron, [NAME], 1815-1879. | J. Paul Getty Museum, | 1986. | 3 | 1
TR647 .C47 1996 | Christenberry reconstruction : the art of [NAME] ; essays by [NAME] and [NAME]. |  |  | Stack, [NAME]. | University Press of Mississippi, | c1996. | 0 | 3
TR647 .D52 1987 | Jan Dibbets / essays by [NAME], M.M.M. [NAME] ; with an introduction by [NAME]. |  |  | Dibbets, Jan, 1941- | Walker [NAME] ; Rizzoli, | 1987. | 1 | 2
TR647 .E9 2003 | Walker Evans : the collection of The Minneapolis Institute of Arts / Christian A. Peterson. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME] | The Minneapolis Institute of Arts, | c2003. | 4 | 4
TR647 .F48 1983 | [NAME] : photography and other questions / edited and text by [NAME] ; preface by [NAME]. |  |  | Fichter, [NAME], 1939- | University of New Mexico Press, | c1983. | 1 | 3
TR647 .G35 2001 | [NAME] [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME]. | Museum of Modern Art, | 2001. | 1 | 1
TR647 .G53 | Days at sea / [[NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME]. | Lustrum Press ; distributed by The Book Organization, | 1974. | 5 | 2
TR647 .G54 1986 | [NAME] : an enduring grace / [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME] | [NAME], | c1986. | 7 | 1
TR647 .G86713 1998 | [NAME] : photographs from 1984 to the present / edited by [NAME] ; with texts by [NAME], [NAME] and [NAME]. |  |  | Gursky, Andreas, 1955- | Schirmer/Mosel, | c1998. | 1 | 2
TR647 .M36 1992 | Immediate family / by [NAME] ; afterword by Reynolds Price. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME], 1951- | Aperture, | c1992. | 3 | 1
TR647 .O97 1999 | [NAME] 1896-1958 / essay by [NAME] with [NAME] ; a personal portrait by [NAME] ; edited by [NAME]. |  |  | Outerbridge, [NAME]. | Taschen, | c1999. | 0 | 4
TR647 .S54 2003 | [NAME] 100. |  |  | Siskind, [NAME]. | PowerHouse Books, | 2003. | 3 | 2
[NAME] 1992 | [NAME] / textes [NAME] et [NAME]. |  |  | Skoglund, Sandy. | Espace Photo/Paris Audiovisuel, | c1992. | 2 | 1
TR647 .S748 2008 | [NAME] : lives in photography / [NAME] and [NAME]. |  |  | Brandow, Todd. | Foundation for the Exhibition of Photography ; | 2008. | 1 | 2
TR647 .S84 1983 | [NAME], photographs & writings / [NAME], [NAME]. |  |  | Stieglitz, Alfred, 1864-1946. | National Gallery of Art, | [1983] | 2 | 4
TR647 .W368 1999 | [NAME] : the art of perception / [NAME] ; with an introduction by [NAME]. |  |  | Nickel, [NAME] ([NAME]), 1961- | San Francisco Museum of Modern Art, | c1999. | 0 | 3
TR647 .W37 | [NAME], photographer of the American West / [NAME] ; foreword by [NAME]. |  |  | Palmquist, [NAME] | Published for the Amon Carter Museum by the University of New Mexico Press, | 1983. | 5 | 0
TR647 .W423 2002 | Passionate observer : [NAME] among artists of the thirties / ReneÌ [NAME], editor ; essays by [NAME], [NAME], [NAME]. |  |  | Welty, [NAME], 1909- | Mississippi Museum of Art, | c2002. | 0 | 4
TR647 .W44 | [NAME] in Mexico, 1923-1926 / [NAME] ; foreword by [NAME]. |  |  | Conger, [NAME], 1942- | Published for the San Francisco Museum of Modern Art by the University of New Mexico Press, | c1983. | 10 | 7
TR647 .W44 1987 | [NAME] in Los Angeles : a catalogue for exhibitions at the Huntington Library, November 25, 1986-March 29, 1987 and the J. Paul Getty Museum, November 25, 1986-February 1, 1987 / [NAME] and [NAME]. |  |  | Danly, [NAME]. | [NAME] and [NAME], | c1986. | 1 | 1
TR647 .W44 2003b | [NAME] : life work : photographs from the collection of [NAME] and [NAME] / preface by [NAME] and [NAME] ; essays by [NAME] ; a memoir and summation by Dody Weston Thompson. |  |  | Weston, [NAME], 1886-1958. | Lodima Press, | c2003. | 1 | 4
TR647.A43 A24 2007 | [NAME] : 400 photographs / edited by [NAME]. |  |  | Adams, Ansel, 1902-1984. | Little, [NAME], | 2007. | 5 | 3
TR647.A7 A69 | [NAME]. |  |  | Arbus, Diane, 1923-1971. | [Aperture, | 1972] | 4 | 5
TR647.A827 B37 2005 | Looking at Atget / [NAME] ; with an essay on the photographic materials by [NAME] and [NAME]. |  |  | Barberie, [NAME], 1970- | Philadelphia Museum of Art ; Yale University Press, | c2005. | 2 | 3
TR647.B98 P28 2003 | Manufactured landscapes : the photographs of [NAME] ; with essays by [NAME] and [NAME] ; and an interview by [NAME]. |  |  | Pauli, [NAME]. | National Gallery of Canada in association with Yale University Press, | c2003. | 1 | 7
TR647.C67 A3 1985 | Between dark and dark / [NAME]. |  |  | Cooper, [NAME], 1946- | [NAME], | 1985. | 2 | 8
TR647.C8 A52 | Photographs. With an introd. by [NAME]. |  |  | Cunningham, Imogen, 1883-1976. | University of Washington Press | [1970] | 13 | 12
TR647.E2 H47 | [NAME], by [NAME]. |  |  | Eakins, [NAME], 1844-1916. | [NAME], | 1972. | 2 | 2
TR647.E28 A43 | Earth visions = Erd vayzes = Visions terrestres / [photographer : [NAME]]. |  |  | Eglington, [NAME]. | Martlet Press, | [1973] | 3 | 1
TR647.E9 A57 | Walker Evans. With an introd. by [NAME]. |  |  | Evans, Walker, 1903-1975. | Museum of Modern Art; distributed by New York Graphic Society, Greenwich, Conn. | [1971] | 7 | 1
TR647.F44 A4 2001 | [NAME]. |  |  | Fee, [NAME]. | St. Ann's Press ; [Distributed by] D.A.P. Distributed Art Publishers, | 2001. | 1 | 1
TR647.M3 A23 | Family album of Lucybelle Crater. With texts by [NAME] [and others] |  |  | Meatyard, [NAME], 1925-1972. | Jargon Society, | 1974] | 10 | 5
TR647.M4 G7 | Hidden wholeness; the visual world of [NAME]. Photos. by [NAME] and [NAME]. Text by [NAME]. |  |  | Griffin, [NAME], 1920-1980 | [NAME], | 1970. | 1 | 1
TR647.M526 A4 2005 | Golden Gate / photographs by [NAME] ; essays by [NAME] and [NAME]. |  |  | Misrach, [NAME], 1949- | Aperture, | 2004. | 2 | 1
[NAME] | [NAME] photographs / with an introduction by [NAME]. |  |  | Walker, Todd. | Friends of Photography, | c1985. | 2 | 2
TR647.W47 E9 | EW 100 : centennial essays in honor of [NAME] / edited by [NAME], [NAME] ; contributors, [NAME] ... [et [NAME].] |  |  |  | Friends of Photography, | c1986. | 10 | 5
TR647.W5 A2 | [NAME] : [photographs] |  |  | Winogrand, [NAME], 1928- | Grossmont College Gallery, | 1976. | 8 | 6
TR647.W67 A4 1986 | [NAME] photographs, 1955-1985 / introduction by [NAME]. |  |  | Worth, [NAME], 1924- | Friends of Photography, | [c1986] | 3 | 1
TR 650 .P479 1989 | Photography speaks : 66 photographers on their art / [edited by] [NAME]. |  |  |  | Aperture/Chrysler Museum, | c1989. | 12 | 2
TR 650 .W26 1993 | Waking dream : photography's first century : selections from the Gilman Paper Company collection / [NAME] ... [et [NAME].]. |  |  |  | Metropolitan Museum of Art : Distributed by [NAME], | 1993. | 8 | 7
TR650 .B38 | Best of Beaton, with notes on the photos. by Cecil Beaton. Introd. by [NAME]. |  |  | Beaton, Cecil Walter Hardy, Sir, 1904- | Macmillan | [1968] | 2 | 3
TR650 .B47 2002 | 100 photographs : a collection by Bruce Bernard / Bruce Bernard ; edited by [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME] | Phaidon, | 2002. | 6 | 4
TR650 .B5 | In front of St. Patrick's Cathedral, photographs by [NAME], introduction by [NAME], preface by [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME], 1935- | Flower Mountain Press; distributed by Light Impressions Corporation, | c1973] | 0 | 0
TR650 .B683 | BrassaiÌˆ. With an introductory essay by [NAME]. |  |  | BrassaiÌˆ, 1899- | Museum of Modern Art; distributed by New York Graphic Society, Greenwich, Conn. | [1968] | 7 | 2
TR650 .B686 2005 | Art photography now / [NAME]. |  |  | Bright, [NAME]. | Aperture, | 2005. | 1 | 4
TR650 .C38 | World of [NAME]. |  |  | Cartier-Bresson, Henri, 1908- | Viking Press | [1968] | 10 | 2
TR650 .C72413 | Creative photo micrography [by] Croij. [English translation by [NAME]. |  |  | Croy, [NAME], 1902- | Amphoto | [1968] | 0 | 0
TR650 .C7263 | Creative photography, by O.R. Croy. [English translation by [NAME]] |  |  | Croy, [NAME], 1902- | Focal Press | [c1965] | 1 | 0
TR650 .C73 1972 | Design by photography. |  |  | Croy, [NAME], 1902- | Hastings | [1972] | 2 | 2
TR650 .F2513 1983 | Photography as fine art / editor-in-chief, [NAME]. |  |  |  | Dutton, | 1983. | 7 | 2
TR650 .F42 | World through my eyes; 30 years of photography. |  |  | Feininger, Andreas, 1906-1999. | Crown Publishers | [1963] | 3 | 3
TR650 .G35 | [NAME]; [Entdeckungen der Photokina] Hrsg. [NAME]. In Verbindung mit der Photokina, Internationale Photo- und [NAME], [NAME]. [Texte: hans [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME], | [NAME], | 1968] | 2 | 8
TR650 .G36 | Photo secession; photography as a fine art, by [NAME]. Foreword by [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME] | [NAME] | [c1960] | 1 | 1
TR650 .G385 | Creative photography: aesthetic trends, 1839-1960. |  |  | Gernsheim, Helmut, 1913- | Boston Book & Art Shop | [1962] | 0 | 6
TR650 .G75 | Variation: MoÌˆglichkeiten der [NAME]; Some suggested uses of colour photography; [NAME] en couleurs. |  |  | Groebli, ReneÌ, 1927- | Hastings House | [c1965] | 1 | 5
TR650 .H2393 | Abstract pictures on film; the technique of making light-graphics [by] Hajek-Halke. With an introd. by [NAME]. [Translated by [NAME]]. |  |  | Hajek-Halke, Heinz. | Viking Press | [c1965] | 0 | 5
TR650 .L45 | Way of seeing; photographs of New York. With an essay by [NAME]. |  |  | Levitt, Helen. | Viking Press | [c1965] | 6 | 7
TR650 .L6 | [NAME] on photographic enlarging and print quality / by [NAME]. | yr.1967 |  |  | The Camera, | 1944- | 0 | 1
TR650 .L88 | Persistence of vision: [NAME], [NAME], [NAME], [NAME], [NAME], [NAME]; edited by Nathan Lyons. |  |  | Lyons, Nathan. | Horizon Press | [1968, c1967] | 7 | 2
TR650 .M6183 | Painting, photography, film. With a note by [NAME] and a postscript by [NAME]. Translated by [NAME]. |  |  | Moholy-Nagy, LaÌszloÌ, 1895-1946. | M.I.T. Press | [1969] | 4 | 1
TR650 .M87 | Looking at photographs; 100 pictures from the collection of the Museum of Modern Art, by [NAME]. |  |  | Museum of Modern Art (New York, N.Y.) | distributed by New York Graphic Society, Greenwich, Conn. | [1973] | 5 | 7
TR650 .P47 | Photographers' choice : a book of portfolios and critical opinion / edited by [NAME]. |  |  |  | Addison House ; exclusively distributed by Light Impressions Corp., | c1975. | 4 | 8
TR650 .P474 2002 | Photography past forward : Aperture at 50 / with a history by R.H. Cravens ; and excerpts from Aperture issues 1952-2002 ; [[NAME], editor]. |  |  |  | Aperture, | c2002. | 4 | 4
TR650 .S74 | [NAME]: a retrospective monograph. | v.1 |  | Strand, [NAME], 1890-1976. | Aperture, | 1972. | 6 | 2
TR650 .S74 | [NAME]: a retrospective monograph. | v.2 |  | Strand, [NAME], 1890-1976. | Aperture, | 1972. | 2 | 2
TR651 .B78 | Sun pictures; the Hill-Adamson calotypes. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME], 1939- | New York Graphic Society | [1974, c1973] | 0 | 1
TR651 .H54 | Hill & Adamson photographs. Edited by [NAME]. Introd. by [NAME]. |  |  | Hill, [NAME], 1802-1870. | Academy Editions; St. Martin's Press | [1973] | 0 | 2
TR651 .P5 1987 | Whipple and Black : commercial photographers in Boston / Sally Pierce ; with a chronological annotated bibliography by [NAME]. |  |  | Pierce, [NAME]. | [NAME] : distributed by Northeastern University Press, | c1987. | 1 | 1
TR651 .S33 2000 | Photographic art of [NAME] [NAME]. |  |  | Schaaf, [NAME] ([NAME]), 1947- | Princeton University Press, | c2000. | 2 | 4
TR652 .B37 1985 | Pre-Raphaelite camera : aspects of Victorian photography / [NAME]. |  |  | Bartram, [NAME]. | Little, Brown and Company, | c1985. | 2 | 2
TR652 .C69 2003 | [NAME] : the complete photographs / [NAME] and [NAME] ; with contributions by [NAME] and [NAME]. |  |  | Cox, [NAME]. | Getty Publications, | c2003. | 2 | 1
TR652 .D56 | Photographic artifacts of [NAME]. |  |  | Dingus, [NAME], 1951- | University of New Mexico Press, | c1982. | 8 | 2
TR652 .F74 | From Talbot to Stieglitz : masterpieces of early photography from the New York Public Library / [compiled by] [NAME]. |  |  |  | Thames and Hudson, | c1982. | 4 | 1
TR652 .H37 1983 | Photographs of Alvan S. Harper, Tallahassee, 1885-1910 / edited by [NAME] and [NAME]. |  |  | Harper, [NAME], 1847-1911. | University Presses of Florida, | c1983. | 3 | 1
TR652 .L8 | Invented eye : masterpieces of photography, 1839-1914 / [NAME]. |  |  | Lucie-Smith, [NAME]. | Paddington Press, | [1975] | 0 | 5
TR652 .T38 | England of [NAME], Victorian photographer; his Thames, his Oxford, his home counties and travels, his portraits, times and ephemera, edited by [NAME]. |  |  | Taunt, [NAME]. | Routledge & K. Paul | [1973] | 2 | 0
TR652 .W38 1997 | [NAME] : photographs from the J. Paul Getty Museum. |  |  | Watkins, [NAME], 1829-1916. | The Museum, | c1997. | 1 | 1
TR 653 .B3813 1985 | Bauhaus photography. |  |  |  | MIT Press, | 1985. | 7 | 3
TR 653 .F66513 1990 | Photography at the Bauhaus / edited for the Bauhaus-Archiv by [NAME]. |  |  |  | MIT Press, | 1990. | 13 | 7
TR 653 .L35 1995 | Photographs of a lifetime / [NAME] ; with an essay by [NAME] ; afterword by Therese Heyman. |  |  | Lange, [NAME]. | Aperture, | 1995, c1982. | 16 | 4
TR 653 .P48 1997 | After the photo-secession : American pictorial photography, 1910-1955 / [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME] | Minneapolis Institute of Arts in association with W.W. Norton, New York, | c1997. | 7 | 3
TR 653 .W457 | [NAME]: fifty years; the definitive volume of his photographic work. Illustrated biography by [NAME]. |  |  | Weston, [NAME], 1886-1958. | Aperture, Inc., | 1973] | 24 | 16
TR653 .A25 2005 | [NAME] : photographs from the J. Paul Getty Museum / [NAME]. |  |  | Abbott, Brett, 1978- | J. Paul Getty Museum, | c2005. | 0 | 2
TR653 .A3 | [NAME]. Edited by [NAME]. Foreword by [NAME]. |  |  | Adams, Ansel, 1902-1984. | Morgan & Morgan | [1972] | 16 | 9
TR653 .B45 | Storyville portraits; photographs from the New Orleans red-light district, circa 1912 [by[NAME]. Reproduced from prints made by [NAME]. Pref. by [NAME]. Edited by [NAME]. |  |  | Bellocq, [NAME] | Museum of Modern Art; distributed by New York Graphic Society, Greenwich, Conn. | [1970] | 6 | 6
TR653 .B6513 | [NAME], my one hundred best photos / text by [NAME]; translated by [NAME], with [NAME] ; introduction by [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME], 1897- | Rizzoli, | 1981. | 4 | 6
TR653 .B676 2005 | [NAME] : the early work, 1922-1930 / selected, with an essay, by [NAME] and [NAME]. |  |  | Bourke-White, [NAME], 1904-1971. | [NAME], | 2005. | 2 | 1
TR653 .E9323 2000 | Walker Evans : the lost work. |  |  | Evans, Walker, 1903-1975. | Arena Editions, | 2000. | 2 | 2
TR653 .H35 2003 | EugeÌ€ne Atget : unknown Paris / [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME], 1950- | New Press, | 2003. | 5 | 2
TR653 .K3313 | Art history of photography / Volker Kahmen ; translated by [NAME]. |  |  | Kahmen, Volker, 1939- | Viking Press, | 1974. | 2 | 3
TR653 .K45696 2002 | [NAME] : photographs from the J. Paul Getty Museum / [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME]. | J. Paul Getty Museum, | c2002. | 3 | 4
TR653 .K47 1972 | AndreÌ [NAME]: sixty years of photography, 1912-1972. Edited by [NAME]. |  |  | KerteÌsz, AndreÌ. | Grossman, | 1972. | 5 | 2
TR653 .K48 | Distortions / AndreÌ KerteÌsz ; edited by [NAME] ; with an introd. by [NAME]. |  |  | KerteÌsz, AndreÌ. | Knopf : distributed by Random House, | 1976. | 7 | 4
TR653 .L37 | Diary of a century. [Edited by [NAME]. Translation by [NAME]] |  |  | Lartigue, [NAME], 1894- | Viking Press | [1970] | 7 | 2
TR653 .L386 2003 | Lartigue : album of a century / edited by [NAME], [NAME], and Alain Sayag ; with essays by CleÌment CherÌoux, [NAME], and [NAME] ; translated from the French by [NAME]. |  |  | Lartigue, [NAME], 1894- | [NAME], | 2003. | 6 | 5
TR653 .L45 1981 | Way of seeing / [NAME] ; with an essay by [NAME]. |  |  | Levitt, Helen. | Horizon Press, | c1981. | 3 | 5
TR653 .M65 | [NAME]. Edited-designed by [NAME]. Introd. by [NAME]. |  |  | Morgan, [NAME], 1900- | Morgan & Morgan | [1972] | 5 | 7
TR653 .N49 1986 | Supreme instants : the photography of [NAME] / by [NAME]. |  |  | Newhall, Beaumont, 1908- | Little, [NAME], | c1986. | 20 | 10
TR653 .S595 1999 | [NAME] : the early years / [NAME]. |  |  | Smith, Joel, 1964- | Princeton University Press in association with the Metropolitan Museum of Art, | c1999. | 3 | 3
TR653 .S73 | [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME], 1879-1973. | Aperture, | c1978. | 10 | 2
TR653 .S744 2000 | [NAME]'s legacy : photographs, 1895-1973 / edited and with text by [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME], 1879-1973. | [NAME], | 2000. | 3 | 1
TR653 .S9 | My wallet of photographs: the collected photographs of J. M. Synge, arranged and introduced by [NAME]. |  |  | Synge, [NAME] ([NAME]), 1871-1909 | Dolmen Press; Distributed by Oxford University Press, | 1971. | 0 | 2
TR653 .W44 | One time, one place: Mississippi in the depression; a snapshot album. |  |  | Welty, [NAME], 1909- | Random House | [1971] | 2 | 3
TR653 M655 1984 | Images of rural life / photographs of [NAME] ; DeWitt Historical Society of Tompkins County. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME], 1896-1945. | Syracuse University Press, | 1984. | 1 | 1
TR 654 .B82 1995 | [NAME], Cole, [NAME] : three generations of American photography / [NAME] ; [translations from German by [NAME] and [NAME]]. |  |  | Buchsteiner, [NAME]. | [NAME], | c1995. | 12 | 10
TR 654 .C36713 1992 | [NAME], photographer. |  |  | Cartier-Bresson, Henri, 1908- | Little, [NAME], | 1992. | 9 | 6
TR 654 .C45 1997 | [NAME] : retrospective / essays by Amada Cruz, [NAME], [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME]. | Thames & Hudson, | 1997. | 22 | 22
TR 654 .G685 1995 | [NAME] spirits / [NAME], ; [text by [NAME] BourgeÌ€s] |  |  | Grames, [NAME], 1953- | [NAME], | c1995. | 5 | 21
TR 654 .G73 | Snap-shot / edited with an introd. by [NAME]. |  |  | Green, [NAME]. | Aperture, | [1974] | 1 | 7
TR 654 .J33 1989 | Vanishing presence / essays by Eugenia [NAME], [NAME], [NAME] ; foreword by [NAME]. |  |  | Janis, Eugenia Parry. | Walker [NAME] ; Rizzoli, | c1989. | 12 | 6
TR 654 .K729 1993 | [NAME], 1975-1993 / text by [NAME] ; with an essay by [NAME]. |  |  | Krauss, Rosalind E. | Rizzoli, | 1993. | 34 | 15
TR 654 .L4455 1991 | Photographs--[NAME], 1970-1990. |  |  | Leibovitz, Annie, 1949- | HarperCollins Publishers, | c1991. | 30 | 21
TR 654 .M544 1991 | Duplicity / photography, [NAME]; stories, [NAME]; design, [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], Stephen | Published by the Grand Rapids Art Museum in Association with the University of Washington Press, Seattle | 1991. | 1 | 5
TR 654 .N56 1991 | Family pictures : photographs / by [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME], 1947- | Smithsonian Institution Press, | c1991. | 7 | 5
TR 654 .P3 1968 | [NAME] : a poet and his camera / by [NAME] ; preface: [NAME] ; introduction: [NAME], Jr. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME], 1912- | Viking Press | [c1968] | 8 | 6
TR 654 .P446 1997 | [NAME] : a career in photography / edited by [NAME] ; with contributions by [NAME] ... [et [NAME].]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME]. | Art Institute of Chicago in association with Bulfinch Press, | c1997. | 6 | 11
TR 654 .P68 | Persuasive image, [NAME] / text by [NAME], with the editors of Alskog, inc. |  |  | Poppy, [NAME]. | [NAME], | [1975] | 4 | 2
TR 654 .R88 | Space outside / [NAME] ; afterword by [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], Guy, 1945- | [NAME], | c1975. | 2 | 1
TR 654 .S53 1989 | [NAME] : road trip : [NAME] / introduction by [NAME]. |  |  | Siskind, [NAME]. | Friends of Photography, | c1989. | 13 | 10
TR 654 .S7 1995 | Strong hearts : Native American visions and voices / [photographs by [NAME] ... [et [NAME].] ; [NAME], editor]. |  |  |  | Aperture ; | c1995. | 6 | 1
TR 654 .U325 1992 | [NAME] : photo synthesis / foreword by [NAME]. |  |  | Uelsmann, [NAME], 1934- | University Press of Florida, | c1992. | 28 | 8
TR 654 .W422 1989 | [NAME] : photographs / [NAME] ; foreword by Reynolds Price. |  |  | Welty, [NAME], 1909- | University Press of Mississippi, | c1989. | 5 | 6
TR 654 .W443 1992 | Voyage of the eye / [NAME] ; afterword by [NAME]. |  |  | Weston, [NAME]. | Aperture Foundation, | [1992?], c1975. | 7 | 5
TR 654 .W446 1991 | [NAME], fifty years / introduction by [NAME] ; aferword by R.H. Cravens. |  |  | Weston, Cole. | Peregrine Smith Books, | c1991. | 14 | 4
TR 654 .W75 1992 | [NAME] : for the sake of the viewer / [NAME], [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME] | [NAME]. ; Museum of Contemporary Art, | 1992. | 10 | 8
TR654 .A2 | Photographs. [NAME]: [NAME]. Introd.: [NAME]. |  |  | Abbott, Berenice, 1898- | Horizon Press | [c1970] | 4 | 4
TR654 .A747 2002 | All day every day / [NAME] ; [edited by [NAME] ; design: Wyndham Boulter, Zurich]. |  |  | Armstrong, [NAME], 1954- | Scalo, | 2002. | 1 | 1
TR654 .B26 | Photographic illusion, Duane Michals / text by [NAME], with the editors of Alskog, Inc. |  |  | Bailey, [NAME] | [NAME], | [1975] | 11 | 5
TR654 .B475 | Eye of the beholder / color photographs by Heinz & Elizabeth Bertelsmann ; introduction by [NAME]. |  |  | Bertelsmann, Heinz, 1908- | Hudson Hills Press, | c1981. | 4 | 4
TR654 .B69 | [NAME] journey to the surface of the earth / [NAME]. |  |  | Locher, [NAME] | Edition [NAME], | 1978. | 0 | 0
TR654 .B8597 1998 | Italy : in the shadow of time / photographs and essay by [NAME] ; foreword by [NAME]. |  |  | Butler, [NAME]. | Rizzoli : Distributed by St. Martin's Press, | 1998. | 4 | 4
TR654 .C3 | Callahan / edited with an introduction by [NAME]. |  |  | Callahan, [NAME] | Aperture, | c1976. | 15 | 11
TR654 .C3654 1997 | [NAME] : photographs, twenty-five years / introduction by [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME], 1948- | University of Texas Press, | 1997. | 2 | 7
TR654 .C586 2003 | [NAME] : poeÌsie photographique / edited by Eva-Monika Turck ; with a preface [by], [NAME] ; with a contribution by [NAME]. |  |  | Clergue, [NAME]. | Prestel, | 2003. | 0 | 2
TR654 .D338 1986 | [NAME], twenty years / with an introduction by [NAME]. |  |  | Dater, [NAME]. | University of Arizona Press, in association with the De Saisset Museum, University of Santa Clara, | c1986. | 3 | 4
TR654 .D84 1995 | Lengthening shadows before nightfall : pictures / by [NAME]. |  |  | Dugdale, [NAME], 1960- | [NAME], | 1995. | 2 | 6
TR654 .E332 1999 | 2 1/4 / [NAME]. |  |  | Eggleston, [NAME], 1939- | Twin Palms Publishers, | 1999. | 4 | 3
TR654 .E35 | [NAME] Guide / essay by [NAME]. |  |  | Eggleston, [NAME], 1939- | Museum of Modern Art ; distributed by the MIT Press, | c1976. | 8 | 1
TR654 .F577 1984 | New York, New York : masterworks of a street peddler / by [NAME] ; photographs by [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME]. | McGraw-Hill, | 1984. | 4 | 14
TR654 .F7 | Lines of my hand. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME], 1924- | Lustrum Press; distributor: Light Impressions, Rochester, N.Y., | 1972] | 10 | 7
TR654 .F724 | [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME], 1924- | Aperture, | c1976. | 3 | 9
TR654 .G52 1987 | Tropism : photographs / by [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME]. | Aperture, in association with the InternationalCenter of Photography, | c1987. | 10 | 8
TR654 .G635 1986 | Lights, camera, action! : behind the scenes / by [NAME] ; introduction by [NAME]. |  |  | Goldman, Louis, 1925- | Abrams, | 1986. | 5 | 3
TR654 .G7613 | Imaginary photo museum : with 457 photographs from 1836 to the present / Renate and [NAME] ; with texts by [NAME], [NAME], [NAME], and [NAME] ; English translation by [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], Renate. | Harmony Books, | [1982] c1981. | 3 | 6
TR654 .G78 | Objects / [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME]. | Knopf : distributed by Random House, | 1981. | 0 | 5
TR654 .H454 2005 | Helsinki School : photography / by Taik. |  |  |  | [NAME], | 2005. | 1 | 3
TR654 .H48 | Vagabond / by Gaylord Oscar Herron. |  |  | Herron, [NAME]. | Penumbra Projects, | 1975. | 0 | 3
TR654 .H6 1982 | [NAME] photographs. |  |  | Hockney, [NAME]. | Petersburg Press, | c1982. | 1 | 3
TR654 .H68 1986 | Eikoh Hosoe / afterword by [NAME]. |  |  | Hosoe, EikoÌ„, 1933- | Friends of Photography, | c1986. | 17 | 20
TR654 .I42 2002 | [NAME] joint : photographs / by Birney Imes ; with an introductory essay by [NAME]. |  |  | Imes, Birney, 1951- | University Press of Mississippi, | 2002, c1990. | 1 | 3
TR654 .I867 1996 | Images of the spirit / [NAME] by [NAME] ; preface by [NAME] ; epilogue by Alfredo LoÌpez Austin. |  |  | Iturbide, [NAME], 1942- | Aperture Foundation, | c1996. | 0 | 3
TR654 .K3575 2005 | American exposures : photography and community in the twentieth century / [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], Louis, 1960- | University of Minnesota Press, | c2005. | 3 | 5
TR654 .K425 1988 | Night walk / [NAME] ; introduction by [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME]. | Friends of Photography, | c1988. | 15 | 8
TR654 .K433 2002 | Twenty year retrospective / [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME]. | Nazraeli Press, | 2002. | 5 | 4
TR654 .K446 | From my window / AndreÌ KerteÌsz. |  |  | KerteÌsz, AndreÌ. | New York Graphic Society, | c1981. | 4 | 5
TR654 .K45 1971 | On reading. |  |  | KerteÌsz, AndreÌ. | Grossman, | 1971. | 7 | 4
TR654 .K6835 2006 | Koudelka / with essays by [NAME] ... [et [NAME].]. |  |  | Koudelka, Josef, 1938- | Aperture : [Distributed in North America by] D.A.P./Distributed Art Publishers, | c2006. | 1 | 3
TR654 .L36 | Clarence [NAME]: the personal eye. Introd. by [NAME]. Stories by [NAME]. Captions by the photographer. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME]. | Aperture, | c1973] | 0 | 5
TR654 .L4455 1991 | Photographs--[NAME], 1970-1990. |  |  | Leibovitz, Annie, 1949- | HarperCollins Publishers, | c1991. | 7 | 7
TR654 .L45916 1996 | Small wonder : worlds in a box / [photographs by] [NAME], text by [NAME]. |  |  | Levinthal, [NAME]. | National Museum of American Art, Smithsonian Institute ; Distributed by D.A.P./Distributed [NAME], | c1996. | 0 | 2
TR654 .L4593 1989 | Way of seeing / [NAME] ; with an essay by [NAME]. |  |  | Levitt, Helen. | Duke University Press in association with the Center for Documentary Studies at Duke University, | c1989. | 6 | 7
TR654 .L5 | Lightâ‚‹p7â‚‹s. Photos. from an exhibition on a theme, [NAME], Massachusetts Institute of Technology, Oct. 1968. Edited by [NAME]. |  |  |  | MIT Press] | 1968. | 4 | 3
TR654 .L89 | Notations in passing / visualized by [NAME]. |  |  | Lyons, Nathan. | MIT Press, | 1974. | 7 | 3
TR654 .L9 | Vision and expression. Edited by [NAME]. |  |  | Lyons, Nathan, | Horizon Press | [1969] | 1 | 3
TR654 .M32352 2003 | What remains / [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME], 1951- | Bulfinch Press, | c2003. | 8 | 6
TR654 .M32352 2003 | What remains / [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME], 1951- | Bulfinch Press, | c2003. | 8 | 6
TR654 .M333497 1999 | [NAME]. |  |  | Mahurin, [NAME]. | Twin Palms Publishers, | 1999. | 1 | 1
TR654 .M3373 2003 | [NAME]. |  |  |  | Te Neues, | 2003?] | 2 | 3
TR654 .M4648 1997 | Essential Duane Michals / Marco Livingstone. |  |  | Michals, [NAME]. | Thames and Hudson, | c1997. | 4 | 7
TR654 .M4648 1997a | Essential Duane Michals / Marco Livingstone. |  |  | Michals, [NAME]. | Little, [NAME], | c1997. | 5 | 2
TR654 .M4648 1997a | Essential Duane Michals / Marco Livingstone. |  |  | Michals, [NAME]. | Little, [NAME], | c1997. | 5 | 2
TR654 .M63484 2004 | Walker Evans : the hungry eye / [NAME] and [NAME] ; [translated from the French by [NAME]]. |  |  | Mora, Gilles, 1945- | [NAME], | 2004. | 4 | 1
TR654 .M63484 2004 | Walker Evans : the hungry eye / [NAME] and [NAME] ; [translated from the French by [NAME]]. |  |  | Mora, Gilles, 1945- | [NAME], | 2004. | 4 | 1
TR654 .M659 1999 | [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME], 1959-1989. | Twin Palms Publishers, | 1999. | 1 | 4
TR654 .N42 | Ever since Durango / by [NAME]. |  |  | Neiman, [NAME]. | Passenger Press, | 1977. | 0 | 3
TR654 .N48 | In plain sight : the photographs of Beaumont Newhall / foreword by [NAME]. |  |  | Newhall, Beaumont, 1908- | [NAME], | 1983. | 0 | 6
TR654 .N63 | Champion pig : great moments in everyday life / by [NAME]. |  |  | Norfleet, [NAME]. | [NAME], | c1979. | 1 | 3
TR654 .O724 | Berenice Abbott, American photographer / by [NAME] ; introduction by [NAME] ; commentary by Berenice Abbott. |  |  | O'Neal, Hank. | McGraw-Hill, | c1982. | 8 | 2
TR654 .P28854 2000 | Architect's brother / [NAME]. |  |  | ParkeHarrison, [NAME], 1968- | Twin Palms Pub., | [2000] | 3 | 3
TR654 .P337 2003 | Quizzical eye : the photography of Rondal Partridge / Elizabeth Partridge & [NAME]. |  |  | Partridge, [NAME]. | California Historical Society Press, | c2003. | 0 | 1
TR654 .P376 W45 | Weighing the planets / [NAME]. |  |  | Parker, Olivia. | The Friends of Photography, | [c1987]. | 8 | 4
TR654 .R34 1982 | [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], Man, 1890-1976. | Fabbri ; Prentice-Hall, | c1982. | 6 | 9
TR654 .R394 1995 | Reframings : new American feminist photographies / edited by [NAME]. |  |  |  | Temple University Press, | 1995. | 10 | 7
TR654 .R84 1983 | Inframundo : el Mexico de Juan Rulfo. |  |  | Rulfo, [NAME]. | Ediciones del Norte, | 1983. | 11 | 0
TR654 .S5225 | Uncommon places : photographs / by [NAME]. |  |  | Shore, Stephen, 1947- | Aperture ; Distributed by Viking Penguin, | c1982. | 8 | 2
TR654 .S57 | [NAME], his photographs and notes. [NAME] by [NAME]. |  |  | Smith, [NAME], 1918-1978. | [Aperture, inc.] | 1969. | 8 | 4
TR654 .S67 1999 | Native soil / photographs by [NAME] ; introduction by [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME]. | Louisiana State University Press, | c1999. | 0 | 3
TR654 .S72 | [NAME] : the master prints 1895-1914, the symbolist period / [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME], 1879-1973. | Museum of Modern Art ; distributed by New York Graphic Society, | c1978. | 5 | 0
TR654 .S93 1984 | [NAME] [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME]. | Museum of Modern Art ; Distributed by New York Graphic Society Books, | c1984. | 11 | 1
TR654 .T524 | Urban romantic : the photographs of [NAME]. |  |  | Tice, [NAME] | [NAME], | c1982. | 8 | 7
TR654 .U38 | [NAME] : silver meditations / Introd. by [NAME]. |  |  | Uelsmann, [NAME], 1934- | Morgan & Morgan, | [c1975] | 29 | 6
TR654 .U83 | Commercials from a junkyard : texts and photos. / by [NAME]. |  |  | Utech, [NAME]. | Utech, | c1979. | 4 | 2
TR654 .U95 | Landscapes/photographs. |  |  | Uzzle, Burk. | Magnum Photos; distributed by Light Impressions Corp., Rochester, N.Y., | c1973] | 1 | 0
TR654 .W363 2007 | We are at home : pictures of the Ojibwe people / [NAME] ; foreword by [NAME]. |  |  | White, [NAME], 1951- | Minnesota Historical Society Press, | c2007. | 1 | 1
TR654 .W6363 2002 | [NAME] : the space between / [NAME] ; with an essay by [NAME] and a conversation between [NAME] and [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME], 1957- | Whitney Museum of American Art ; [NAME], | c2002. | 2 | 6
TR654 .Y353 1998 | Edge of time : photographs of Mexico / by [NAME]. |  |  | Yampolsky, [NAME], 1925- | University of Texas Press, | 1998. | 1 | 1
TR655 .C36613 2003 | Man, the image & the world : a retrospective / [NAME] ; text by [NAME] ... [et [NAME].] ; [translated by [NAME]]. |  |  | Cartier-Bresson, Henri, 1908- | Thames & Hudson, | 2003. | 6 | 6
TR655 .D64 2005 | Paris / [NAME] ; [translated from the French by [NAME]]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME]. | Flammarion : Distributed in North America by Rizzoli Int., | 2005. | 1 | 1
TR655 .E37 2005 | Acting out : invented melodrama in contemporary photography / [NAME]. |  |  | Edwards, [NAME] | University of Iowa Museum of Art, | 2005. | 2 | 5
[NAME] .F87 2002 | My ghost / [photographs by [NAME] in silver gelatin, platinum-palladium, and daguerreotype made between 1995 and 2001]. |  |  | Fuss, [NAME], 1961- | Twin Palms Publishers, | 2002. | 1 | 5
TR655 .R44 2005b | ReGeneration : 50 photographers of tomorrow, 2005-2025 / [text by] [NAME] ; [NAME] ; [NAME]. |  |  |  | Aperture, | c2005. | 9 | 5
TR655 .S34 2003 | Rocky Schenck photographs / [NAME] ; foreword by [NAME] ; introduction by [NAME]. |  |  | Schenck, Rocky. | University of Texas Press, | 2003. | 1 | 2
TR655 .V58 2006 | Vitamin Ph : new perspectives in photography / [contributors, [NAME] ... et [NAME]. ; introduction by [NAME]]. |  |  |  | Phaidon, | 2006. | 4 | 7
TR655 .W35 2001 | [NAME] : figures and places : selected works from 1978-2000 / edited by [NAME]. |  |  | Wall, [NAME], 1946- | [NAME]., | 2001. | 1 | 4
TR656 .B713 | Photograms. [Translated by [NAME], and adapted by [NAME]] |  |  | [NAME], [NAME]. | Watson-Guptill Publications | [1974, c1973] | 9 | 2
TR656 .C6 | Designing with light on paper and film [by] [NAME]. |  |  | Cooke, [NAME] | Davis Publications | [1969] | 3 | 2
TR656 .H34 | Making photograms; the creative process of painting with light. With an introd. by [NAME]. |  |  | Haffer, [NAME]. | Hastings House | [1969] | 6 | 1
TR656 .K37 | Abstract photography techniques [by] [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME], 1913- | Amphoto | [c1970] | 9 | 5
TR656 .R473 2009 | Edge of vision : the rise of abstraction in photography / [NAME]. |  |  | Rexer, [NAME]. | Aperture : D.A.P./Distributed Art Publishers [distributor], | c2009. | 2 | 1
TR656 .S57 | [NAME] a survey. |  |  | Snow, [NAME], 1929- | [NAME] of Ontario, | 1970. | 1 | 4
TR 656.5 .C37 1992 | Food photography and styling / [NAME] with [NAME]. |  |  | Carafoli, [NAME] | Amphoto, | 1992. | 11 | 4
TR 656.5 .P47 1984 | Secrets of studio still life photography / by [NAME] ; [text by [NAME]]. |  |  | Perweiler, [NAME]. | Amphoto, | 1984. | 9 | 7
TR 656.5 .T835 1989 | Modernist still life-- photographed / [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME] | University of Missouri-St. Louis, Office of Publications, | c1989. | 3 | 6
TR657 .H37 1987 | Photographing your artwork / [NAME]. |  |  | Hart, [NAME], 1953- | North Light Books, | c1987. | 1 | 0
TR657 .L48 | Reproducing art; the photography, graphic reproduction and printing of works of art [by] [NAME] and [NAME]. |  |  | Lewis, [NAME], 1912- | Praeger | [1969] | 1 | 3
TR657 .M36 1988 | Marks in place : contemporary responses to rock art / photographs by [NAME] ... [et [NAME].] ; essays by [NAME] and [NAME] ; foreword by [NAME]. |  |  |  | University of New Mexico Press, | c1988. | 3 | 1
[NAME] .S78 2005 | [NAME] museum photographs / essays by [NAME], [NAME], [NAME]. |  |  | Struth, [NAME], 1954- | Schirmer/Mosel, | 2005. | 1 | 2
TR657 .T57 | Photographing works of art : techniques for photographing your paintings, drawings, sculpture, and crafts / by [NAME]. |  |  | Titus, [NAME], 1948- | [NAME], | 1981. | 4 | 6
TR658.5 .M45 1986 | Photographing your craftwork : a hands-on guide for craftspeople / [NAME]. |  |  | Meltzer, [NAME]. | [NAME], | c1986. | 2 | 0
TR 659 .A27 1994 | Point of view : the art of architectural photography / E. "Manny" Abraben ; graphics, [NAME] ; editing and research assistant, [NAME]. |  |  | Abraben, E., 1929- | [NAME], | c1994. | 3 | 1
TR 659 .A43 1994 | American architectural photographer : profiles of the top talent in architectural photography. |  |  |  | Rockport Publishers ; Resource World Publications, | c1994. | 11 | 1
TR 659 .L42 1990 | Photographic perspective drawing techniques / [NAME] Leach. |  |  | Leach, [NAME]. | McGraw-Hill, | c1990. | 6 | 1
TR659 .B25 | New industrial parks near Irvine, California; Das neue IndustriegelaÌˆnde in der [NAME], Kalifornien. |  |  | Baltz, [NAME] | [NAME]; distributed by Light Impressions, Inc., | c1974] | 5 | 2
TR659 .B83 1983 | Photographing historic buildings for the record / [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME]. | H.M.S.O., | 1983. | 8 | 2
TR659 .B87 1987 | Photography of architecture : twelve views / [NAME]. |  |  | Busch, [NAME]. | Van Nostrand Reinhold Co., | c1987. | 9 | 2
TR659 .D47 | Architectural photography : techniques for architects, preservationists, historians, photographers, and urban planners / text and photographs by [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME], 1940- | American Association for State and [NAME], | c1981. | 6 | 1
TR659 .K66 2002 | How to photograph buildings and interiors / [NAME]. |  |  | Kopelow, [NAME], 1949- | Princeton Architectural Press, | c2002. | 2 | 1
TR659 .N48 | [NAME]: photographer of the majesty, light, and space of the medieval cathedrals of England and France. |  |  | Newhall, Beaumont, 1908- | Aperture, | 1973] | 5 | 0
TR659 .R624 1987 | Architecture transformed : a history of the photography of buildings from 1839 to the present / [NAME], [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME]. | Architectural League of New York ; MIT Press, | c1987. | 1 | 2
TR659 .S48 | Photographing architecture and interiors. Introd. by [NAME]. |  |  | Shulman, [NAME]. | Whitney Library of Design | [1962] | 1 | 0
TR659 .S58 2010 | [NAME] : Chicago mid-century modernism / [text by] [NAME] ; postscript by [NAME]. |  |  | Shulman, [NAME]. | Rizzoli ; Distributed to the U.S. trade by Random House, | 2010. | 1 | 1
TR659.5 .G35 2006 | [NAME] : a retrospective / compiled by the editors of Sierra Club books. |  |  |  | Sierra Club Books ; Produced and distributed by University of California Press, | c2006. | 2 | 1
TR659.5 .N67 2001 | Art of outdoor photography : techniques for the advanced amateur and professional : the professional approach to composition, creativity, and light lenses, film, and filters wildlife, landscape, and closeup photography adventure, travel, and underwater ph |  |  | Norton, [NAME]. | [NAME], | 2001. | 9 | 5
TR659.5 .W34 2000 | [NAME] green / [NAME]. |  |  | Weifenbach, [NAME]. | Nazraeli Press, | 2000. | 1 | 4
TR659.8 .F74 2004 | Slices of the Big Apple : a photographic tour of the streets of New York / [NAME]. |  |  | Freund, [NAME], 1934- | Fordham University Press, | 2004. | 0 | 1
TR660 .B75 2007 | Mastering landscape photography : the luminous-landscape essays / Alain Briot. |  |  | Briot, Alain. | Rockynook ; Distributed by O'Reilly Media, | 2007. | 4 | 3
TR660 .B76 1983 | How to photograph landscapes & scenic views / [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME], 1933- | H.P. Books, | c1983. | 3 | 2
TR660 .C36 | Landscape / Paul Caponigro. |  |  | Caponigro, [NAME], 1932- | McGraw-Hill, | c1975. | 12 | 8
TR660 .F585 2007 | National Audubon Society guide to landscape photography / [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME], 1948- | Firefly Books, | c2007. | 6 | 6
TR660 .F79 2010 | Digital landscape photography : in the footsteps of [NAME] and the great masters / by [NAME]. |  |  | Frye, [NAME], photographer. | Focal Press, | c2010 | 1 | 1
TR660 .H35 2010 | Light & shadow : the art of landscape photography / [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], Fran. | [NAME], | 2010. | 0 | 1
TR660 .L3 1984 | Landscape photography / introductory essay by [NAME]. |  |  |  | AMPHOTO, American Photographic Book Publishing, | 1984. | 19 | 7
TR660 .L485 1997 | War story / [NAME] ; text by [NAME] ; [additional documentary photographs from 1945 by [NAME]]. |  |  | [NAME], Mikael, 1954- | [NAME], | c1997. | 0 | 1
TR 660.5 .A33 1979b | Yosemite and the range of light / Ansel Adams ; introd. by [NAME]. |  |  | Adams, Ansel, 1902-1984. | Little, [NAME], | c1979. | 34 | 6
TR 660.5 .B75 1997 | This land is your land : across America by air / photographs by [NAME] ; essay by [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME]. | Aperture, | c1997. | 2 | 8
TR 660.5 .C67 1996 | Taking measures : across the American landscape / [NAME], essays, drawings, and commentary ; [NAME], photographs ; foreword by [NAME]. |  |  | Corner, [NAME] | Yale University Press, | c1996. | 2 | 1
TR 660.5 .K47 1993 | Legacy of wildness : the photographs of [NAME] Ketchum / preface by [NAME] ; essay by [NAME]. |  |  | Ketchum, [NAME]. | Aperture, | c1993. | 3 | 10
TR 660.5 .R69 1995 | Mountain light : in search of the dynamic landscape / [NAME]. |  |  | Rowell, [NAME] | Sierra Club Books, | c1995. | 11 | 8
TR660.5 .C33 | American photographers and the national parks / [NAME], [NAME]. |  |  | Cahn, [NAME]. | Viking Press ; National Park Foundation, | 1981. | 8 | 3
TR660.5 .E85 1985 | Essential landscape : the New Mexico Photographic Survey / Steve A. Yates, editor ; photographers, [NAME] ... [et [NAME].] ; with essays by [NAME]. |  |  |  | University of New Mexico Press, | c1985. | 2 | 0
TR660.5 .G37 | Extraordinary landscape : aerial photographs of America / by [NAME] ; introduction by [NAME]. |  |  | Garnett, [NAME]. | Little, [NAME], | c1982. | 4 | 2
TR660.5 .G63 1985 | Land / Fay Godwin ; with an essay by [NAME] ; and with an introduction by [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], Fay. | Little, [NAME], | c1985. | 3 | 1
TR660.5 .G637 2007 | Accommodating nature : the photographs of [NAME] / by [NAME] ; with additional essays by [NAME] and [NAME]. |  |  | Gohlke, [NAME], 1942- | The Center for American Places, in association with The Amon Carter Museum, Fort Worth : Distributed by the University of Chicago Press, | 2007. | 2 | 3
TR660.5 .G64 1988 | Landscapes from the middle of the world : photographs, 1972- 1987 / [NAME] ; introduction by [NAME]. |  |  | Gohlke, [NAME]. | Friends of Photography ; Museum of Contemporary Photography, | c1988. | 6 | 5
TR660.5 .L37 | Land : twentieth century landscape photographs / selected by [NAME] ; edited by [NAME]. |  |  |  | Da Capo Press, | 1976. | 2 | 2
TR660.5 .M364 2005 | Deep South / [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME], 1951- | Bulfinch Press, | 2005. | 2 | 1
TR660.5 .N48 | New topographics : photographs of a man-altered landscape / [NAME] ... [et [NAME].]. |  |  |  | International Museum of Photography at [NAME], | c1975. | 9 | 3
TR660.5 .R69 1995 | Mountain light : in search of the dynamic landscape / [NAME]. |  |  | Rowell, [NAME] | Sierra Club Books, | c1995. | 0 | 5
TR660.5 .S38 2005 | Landscape in black and white : [NAME] photographs, 1967-2005. |  |  | Schuchard, [NAME]. | University of Missouri Press, | 2005. | 1 | 1
TR660.5 .S43 1984 | Second view : the Rephotographic Survey Project / [NAME], chief photographer ; [NAME], project director ; [NAME], project coordinator ; [NAME] and [NAME], project photographers ; with an essay by [NAME]. |  |  |  | University of New Mexico Press, | c1984. | 2 | 0
TR670 .A543 1999 | How to photograph water / [NAME]. |  |  | Angel, Heather. | [NAME], | c1999. | 6 | 6
TR670 .F74 | Victorian maritime album : 100 photographs from the Francis Frith Collection at the National Maritime Museum / chosen, introduced and explained by [NAME], director of the National Maritime Museum. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME]. | Stephens, | 1974. | 3 | 2
TR670.5 .B36 | Marine photography of [NAME]. |  |  | Barlow, [NAME]. | Motor Boating & Sailing Books | [1973] | 4 | 5
TR 674 .N82 | Nude : theory / [edited by [NAME]]. |  |  |  | Lustrum Press, | c1979. | 13 | 9
TR674 M313 | Unerforschte Welt = The undiscovered world = Un monde inconnu. |  |  | MartincÌŒek, Martin. | Artia, | c1964 | 1 | 13
TR675 .C66 2005 | [NAME], the form of the nude / [NAME]. |  |  | Weston, [NAME], 1886-1958. | Phaidon Press, | c2005. | 3 | 7
TR675 .C67 2004 | Male bodies : a photographic history of the nude / [NAME]. |  |  | Cooper, Emmanuel. | Prestel, | 2004. | 6 | 7
TR675 .I43 2009 | Reflections : 25 years of photography / by Connie Imboden ; essays by [NAME], Arthur Ollman & [NAME]. |  |  | Imboden, Connie, 1953- | Insight Editions, | c2009. | 0 | 1
TR675 .R485 1998 | Nude photography : masterpieces from the past 150 years / [NAME] Richter ; [translated from the German by [NAME] ; edited by [NAME]]. |  |  | Richter, [NAME]. | Prestel, | c1998. | 3 | 8
TR675 .R485 1998 | Nude photography : masterpieces from the past 150 years / [NAME] Richter ; [translated from the German by [NAME] ; edited by [NAME]]. |  |  | Richter, [NAME]. | Prestel, | c1998. | 2 | 7
TR675 .R8 | Human figure : a photographic reference for artists / E. A. Ruby. |  |  | Ruby, [NAME] | Van Nostrand Reinhold Co., | [1974] | 9 | 9
TR675 .S45 | Posing for the camera; a professinal guide, for the creative model, director, photographer, by [NAME] and Lenore Meyer. |  |  | Shepard, [NAME], 1915- | Hastings House | [1960] | 4 | 13
TR675 .W486 2007 | [NAME] book of nudes / based on the original unpublished book compiled by [NAME] and [NAME] ; edited by Brett Abbott. |  |  | Weston, [NAME], 1886-1958. | The J. Paul Getty Museum in association with the Center for Creative Photography, University of Arizona, Tucson, | c2007. | 0 | 2
[NAME] | [NAME] : premiere nudes / [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME], 1886-1962. | Twin Palms Publishers, | 2001. | 6 | 4
TR678 .D36 2002 | [NAME] and Hollywood glamour photography / [NAME] and [NAME]. |  |  | Dance, [NAME], 1955- | University of California Press, | c2002. | 4 | 4
TR 679 .B34 1997 | [NAME] / photographs by [NAME] ; essay by [NAME] ; edited by [NAME] ... [et [NAME].]. |  |  | [NAME], Lillian, 1917- | Little, [NAME], | c1997. | 6 | 15
TR 679 .P37 | Fifty years of style and fashion / Norman Parkinson. |  |  | Parkinson, [NAME], 1913- | Vendome Press, | c1983. | 8 | 21
TR679 .M84 1988 | [NAME], photographer / foreword, [NAME]. |  |  | Mugler, [NAME]. | Rizzoli, | 1988. | 3 | 9
TR 680 .C27 1984 | Eleanor / edited and designed by [NAME], [NAME] ; [photographs by [NAME]]. |  |  | Callahan, [NAME] | Callaway Editions, | 1984. | 8 | 11
TR 680 .C55 1984 | Red couch / photography by Kevin Clarke & Horst Wackerbarth, text & interviews by [NAME]. |  |  | Clarke, [NAME], 1953- | [NAME] der [NAME], | 1985, c1984. | 8 | 5
TR 680 .C86 1997 | Imogen Cunningham : portraiture / photographs by Imogen Cunningham ; text by [NAME]. |  |  | Cunningham, Imogen, 1883-1976. | Little, Brown and Company, | c1997. | 10 | 7
TR 680 .H28 1998 | Faces of the twentieth century : master photographers and their work / [NAME] ; foreword by [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME]. | Abbeville Press, | c1998. | 15 | 15
TR 680 .S475 1994 | Photographs 1971-1994 / [NAME]. |  |  | Short, [NAME], 1950- | Artsquad Books, | c1994. | 7 | 29
TR 680 .S59 1999 | American archives : gender, race, and class in visual culture / [NAME]. |  |  | Smith, [NAME], 1965- | Princeton University Press, | c1999. | 2 | 4
TR680 .B313 | Masks / [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME]. | Texas Tech Press, | 1981. | 2 | 4
TR680 .C38 | Photographs. With introductions by [NAME] [and] [NAME]. |  |  | Cartier-Bresson, Henri, 1908- | Grossman, | 1963. | 10 | 5
TR680 .C382 2006 | Inner silence : the portraits of [NAME] / forword by Agnes Sire ; introduction by Jean-Luc Nancy. |  |  | Cartier-Bresson, Henri, 1908-2004. | Thames & Hudson, | 2006. | 2 | 2
TR680 .D57 | Disfarmer : the Heber Springs portraits, 1939-1946 : Disfarmer photographs from [NAME], The Group, inc. / text by Julia Scully. |  |  | Disfarmer, [NAME], 1884-1959. | Addison House ; distributed by Light Impressions Corp.], | c1976. | 2 | 2
TR680 .E34 | Witness to our time. Foreword by [NAME]. |  |  | Eisenstaedt, Alfred. | Viking Press | [1966] | 5 | 3
TR680 .E93 2004 | Many are called / Walker Evans ; introduction by [NAME] ; foreword by [NAME] ; afterword by [NAME]. |  |  | Evans, Walker, 1903-1975. | Yale University Press ; In association with the Metropolitan Museum of Art, | c2004. | 1 | 2
TR680 .E95 2006 | Face : the new photographic portrait / [NAME]. |  |  | Ewing, [NAME] | Thames & Hudson, | c2006. | 1 | 6
TR680 .F43 1985 | [NAME] : American portraits / [NAME]. |  |  | Featherstone, [NAME]. | University of New Mexico Press, | c1985. | 17 | 8
TR680 .F74 2005 | Self portrait / [NAME] ; afterword by [NAME]. |  |  | Friedlander, [NAME]. | Museum of Modern Art ; Thames & Hudson [distributor], | c2005. | 1 | 4
TR680 .G64 1988 | Cycles : a decade of photographs / [NAME]. |  |  | Golden, [NAME]. | Friends of Photography, | c1988. | 15 | 10
TR680 .G696 1996 | [NAME]. |  |  | Greenough, [NAME], 1951- | National Gallery of Art ; Distributed by Bulfinch Press, | c1996. | 3 | 3
TR680 .L23 1999 | [NAME] / photographs by [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME]. | Little, [NAME], | [NAME] | 5 | 11
TR680 .L32 | [NAME] looks at the American country woman; a photographic essay by [NAME] with a commentary by [NAME]. |  |  | Lange, [NAME]. | [NAME]. [NAME] Press | [1967] | 12 | 9
TR680 .L377 2006 | Photographer's life, 1990-2005 / [NAME]. |  |  | Leibovitz, Annie, 1949- | Random House, | c2006. | 4 | 8
TR680 .L3824 2008 | Being in pictures : an intimate photo memoir / [NAME] ; foreword by [NAME]. |  |  | Leonard, [NAME]. | University of Michigan Press, | c2008. | 0 | 1
TR680 .M33 | Faces : a narrative history of the portrait in photography / by [NAME] ; photos. compiled and edited by [NAME]. |  |  | Maddow, [NAME], 1909- | Published for New York Graphic Society by Little, [NAME], | 1977. | 4 | 4
TR680 .N46 1992 | [NAME] Americans / with essays by [NAME] and [NAME]. |  |  | Newman, [NAME], 1918- | National Portrait Gallery, Smithsonian Institution, in association with Bulfinch Press/Little, Brown, | c1992. | 6 | 4
TR680 .N48 | One mind's eye : the portraits and other photographs of [NAME] / foreword by [NAME] ; introd. by [NAME]. |  |  | Newman, [NAME], 1918- | [NAME], | [NAME]. | 21 | 8
TR680 .N63 1983 | Silver lining / photographs by [NAME] ; text by Janice Zita Grover ; foreword by [NAME]. |  |  | Noggle, [NAME], 1922- | University of New Mexico Press, | c1983. | 6 | 2
TR680 .P46 | [NAME] in a small room / by [NAME] as an ambulant studio photographer. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME]. | Grossman, | 1974. | 6 | 2
TR680 .P47 | Facing the light : historic American portrait daguerreotypes : an exhibition at the National Portrait Gallery, September 22, 1978-January 15, 1979 / by [NAME] ; foreword by [NAME] ; curatorial pref. by [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME]. | Published for the National Portrait Gallery by the Smithsonian Institution Press, | 1978. | 0 | 1
TR680 .P594513 2004 | Face to face : the art of portrait photography / [edited by] [NAME] ; photo research, [NAME] ; [translated from the French by [NAME]]. |  |  |  | Flammarion : Distributed in North America by Rizzoli International, | c2004. | 1 | 6
TR680 .S22 | August Sander. |  |  | Sander, August. | Aperture, | c1977. | 3 | 6
TR680 .S226 2000 | August Sander : photographs from the J. Paul Getty Museum. |  |  | Sander, August. | The Museum, | c2000. | 0 | 1
TR680 .S826 | [NAME], portraits from the dawn of photography : an exhibition at the National Portrait Gallery, October 20, 1983 to January 22, 1984 / by [NAME] ; contributing authors, [NAME], [NAME]. |  |  | Stapp, [NAME], 1945- | Published for the National Portrait Gallery by the Smithsonian Institution Press, | 1983. | 3 | 5
TR680 .U44 1971 | Appalachian photographs of [NAME]. Remembrance by [NAME]. Pref. by [NAME]. |  |  | Ulmann, [NAME], d. 1934. | Jargon Society | [c1971] | 2 | 2
TR680 .V28 | World of [NAME] DerZee: a visual record of Black Americans. Compiled and with an introd. by [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME], 1886- | Grove Press | [1969] | 1 | 1
TR680 .W56 2003 | Avedon at work : in the American West / [NAME] ; foreword by [NAME]. |  |  | Wilson, [NAME]. | University of Texas Press, | 2003. | 3 | 4
TR 681 .F3 M38 1997 | Portraits / Mary Ellen Mark ; foreword by [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME], 1940- | Smithsonian Institution Press, | 1997. | 11 | 4
TR 681 .R44 M48 1991 | Redheads / Joel Meyerowitz. |  |  | Meyerowitz, Joel, 1938- | Rizzoli, | 1991. | 6 | 25
TR 681 .W6 W56 1975 | Women are beautiful / [NAME] ; with an essay by [NAME]. |  |  | Winogrand, [NAME], 1928- | Farrar, Straus & Giroux, | c1975. | 10 | 10
TR681 .W6 M363 1989 | Some women / by [NAME] ; introduction by [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME]. | Bulfinch Press, | c1989. | 33 | 21
[NAME] B713 | Artists of my life / BrassaiÌˆ ; translated from the French by [NAME]. |  |  | BrassaiÌˆ, 1899- | Viking Press, | 1982. | 7 | 3
TR681.A7 G56 1990 | [NAME] photographs. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME], 1926- | Twelvetrees Press, | 1990. | 2 | 4
TR681.A7 M3 1984 | Victorian art world in photographs / [NAME]. |  |  | Maas, [NAME]. | Universe Books, | 1984. | 1 | 0
TR681.A7 M66 | Artists in photographs / by [NAME]. |  |  | Mones, [NAME]. | Horizon Press : Museum of Art, Carnegie Institute, | 1981. | 1 | 7
[NAME] | Photographer / Caroline Gaudriault, [NAME] ; [translated from the French by [NAME]]. |  |  | Gaudriault, Caroline. | [NAME], | 2008. | 1 | 3
TR681.C5 P47 | Photographing children, by the editors of Time-Life Books. |  |  | Time-Life Books. | Time-Life Books | [c1971] | 9 | 3
TR681.C5 S93 1987 | Photographing children / [NAME]. |  |  | Szasz, [NAME]. | AMPHOTO, | 1987. | 12 | 6
TR681.F28 H57 | Family photographs : content, meaning, and effect / [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], Julia. | Oxford University Press, | 1981. | 5 | 4
TR681.F28 H573 1997 | Family frames : photography, narrative, and postmemory / [NAME]. |  |  | Hirsch, Marianne. | Harvard University Press, | c1997. | 4 | 3
TR681.F28 V47 2000 | [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME]. | Twin Palms Publishers, | 2000. | 1 | 1
TR681.F3 A933 2002 | [NAME] portraits / [NAME] ; essays by [NAME] and [NAME] and [NAME] ; foreword by [NAME]. |  |  | Avedon, [NAME]. | [NAME] : Metropolitan Museum of Art, | 2002. | 4 | 3
TR681.F3 H34 | Halsman / photos. and text by [NAME] ; with an introd. by [NAME] ; [editors, [NAME], [NAME] ; editorial coordinator, [NAME]]. |  |  | Halsman, [NAME]. | International Center of Photography, | 1979. | 4 | 3
TR681.F3 H659 2001 | Horst portraits : 60 years of style / selected and with an essay by Terence Pepper ; notes on the plates and chronology by [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], 1906- | [NAME], | 2001. | 2 | 6
TR681.F3 J33 | [NAME] / edited by [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME], 1896- | Addison House, | c1978. | 4 | 4
TR681.F3 K374 | [NAME] : a fifty-year retrospective / Yousuf Karsh. |  |  | [NAME], Yousuf, 1908- | Little, [NAME], | c1983. | 12 | 2
TR681.F3 K37415 1996 | [NAME] : a sixty-year retrospective / Yousuf Karsh. |  |  | [NAME], Yousuf, 1908- | Little, [NAME], | 1996. | 1 | 4
TR681.F3 M37 | Man with camera : photographs from seven decades / [NAME]. |  |  | Man, [NAME], 1893- | Schocken Books, | 1984. | 1 | 4
TR681.F3 M57 2002 | [NAME] : portraits from a life / [text by] [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME], 1907-1977. | Thames & Hudson, | c2002. | 3 | 4
TR681.F3 R548 2000 | [NAME]. |  |  | Ritts, Herb. | Thames & Hudson, | 2000. | 1 | 3
TR681.F3 T48 2002 | [NAME] : portraits / edited and written by [NAME] ; with contributions from [NAME] and Alexandra Shulman. |  |  | Testino, [NAME]. | Bulfinch Press/Little, Brown, | 2002. | 7 | 9
TR681.F3 T48 2002 | [NAME] : portraits / edited and written by [NAME] ; with contributions from [NAME] and Alexandra Shulman. |  |  | Testino, [NAME]. | Bulfinch Press/Little, Brown, | 2002. | 7 | 9
TR681.F3 V52 | Victorian album : [NAME] and her circle / introductory essay by Lord [NAME] ; edited by [NAME]. |  |  |  | [NAME], | 1975. | 3 | 5
TR681.H65 D45 2001 | Dear friends : American photographs of men together, 1840-1918 / by [NAME]. |  |  | Deitcher, [NAME]. | [NAME], | 2001. | 3 | 1
TR681.I58 H64 2008 | Picturing Indians : photographic encounters and tourist fantasies in [NAME] Wisconsin Dells / Steven D. Hoelscher. |  |  | Hoelscher, [NAME] | University of Wisconsin Press, | c2008. | 1 | 2
TR681.W6 R65 2008 | Role models : feminine identity in contemporary American photography / National Museum of Women in the Arts ; [exhibition curators, [NAME], [NAME] ; catalogue contributors, [NAME] ... et [NAME].]. |  |  |  | Scala, | 2008. | 1 | 1
TR681.W65 P76 2006 | Work : the world in photographs / [NAME]. |  |  | Protzman, Ferdinand. | National Geographic, | c2006. | 0 | 2
TR681.W65 U57 2006 | Unseen America : photos and stories by workers / edited by [NAME]. |  |  |  | ReganBooks, | c2006. | 1 | 3
TR682 .H64 | Photography without a camera. |  |  | Holter, Patra. | [NAME]; [NAME], | 1972. | 11 | 3
TR682 .W64 | Micro-art; art images in a hidden world. Text and photos. by [NAME]. With a pref. by [NAME]. |  |  | Wolberg, [NAME] ([NAME]), 1905- | [NAME] | [1970] | 3 | 3
TR 683 .J64 1990 | Photographing still life / [NAME]. |  |  | Joel, [NAME]. | Amphoto, | 1990. | 7 | 8
TR683 .C713 1970 | Camera close up; same-size and larger than life photography, by [NAME]. [English translation by [NAME]] |  |  | Croy, [NAME], 1902- | Amphoto | [1970, c1961] | 0 | 3
[NAME] .P35 | Photomacrography: art and techniques. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME]. | Amphoto | [1971] | 2 | 2
TR684 .T6413 | Macrophoto and cine methods [by] Arnim and Ingeborg ToÌˆlke. |  |  | ToÌˆlke, Arnim. | Amphoto | [1971] | 0 | 2
TR684.T46 C56 2005 | Close-up and macro : a photographer's guide / [NAME]. |  |  | Thompson, [NAME]. | David & Charles, | 2005. | 3 | 3
TR 685 .L38 1993 | Cut with the kitchen knife : the [NAME] photomontages of [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME]. | Yale University Press, | c1993. | 9 | 6
TR685 .A26 | Photomontage / Dawn Ades. |  |  | Ades, [NAME]. | Pantheon Books, | c1976. | 10 | 9
TR685 .A56 1989 | Portraits : strangers no longer strangers, now acquaintances, friends, lovers-- : photo-montages / by [NAME]. |  |  | Alkazzi, [NAME], 1938- | New England Center for Contemporary Art, | [1989], c1988. | 2 | 5
TR685 .B88 1986 | Composites : computer-generated portraits / [NAME], [NAME], and [NAME]. |  |  | Burson, [NAME], 1948- | [NAME], | c1986. | 2 | 5
TR685 .U343 | [NAME], twenty-five years : a retrospective / by [NAME]. |  |  | Uelsmann, [NAME], 1934- | Little, [NAME], | c1982. | 31 | 5
TR685 .U37 1985 | Uelsmann : process and perception : photographs and commentary / by [NAME] ; essay by [NAME]. |  |  | Uelsmann, [NAME], 1934- | University Presses of Florida, | c1985. | 5 | 1
TR686 .W57 2000 | Bone house / Joel-[NAME]. |  |  | Witkin, [NAME], 1939- | Twin Palms Publishers, | 2000. | 3 | 5
TR 688 .E9 1994 | Experimental vision : the evolution of the photogram since 1919 / essays by [NAME], [NAME], [NAME]. |  |  |  | [NAME] in association with the Denver Art Museum, | 1994. | 11 | 10
TR 690 .A1 P48 | Graphis photo. |  | 88 |  | Graphis Press, | 1988-1997. | 14 | 2
TR 690 .A1 P48 | Graphis photo. |  | 89 |  | Graphis Press, | 1988-1997. | 18 | 3
TR 690 .A1 P48 | Graphis photo. |  | 90 |  | Graphis Press, | 1988-1997. | 15 | 3
TR 690 .A1 P48 | Graphis photo. |  | 91 |  | Graphis Press, | 1988-1997. | 22 | 13
TR 690 .A1 P48 | Graphis photo. |  | 92 |  | Graphis Press, | 1988-1997. | 17 | 12
TR 690 .A1 P48 | Graphis photo. |  | 93 |  | Graphis Press, | 1988-1997. | 14 | 7
TR 690 .A1 P48 | Graphis photo. |  | 94 |  | Graphis Press, | 1988-1997. | 10 | 11
TR 690 .A1 P48 | Graphis photo. |  | 95 |  | Graphis Press, | 1988-1997. | 13 | 11
TR 690 .A1 P48 | Graphis photo. |  | 96 |  | Graphis Press, | 1988-1997. | 10 | 7
TR 690 .A1 P48 | Graphis photo. |  | 97 |  | Graphis Press, | 1988-1997. | 9 | 19
TR 690 .A1 P48 | Photographis. |  | 1966 |  | Graphis Press ; distributed in the U.S. by Hastings House, | 1966-1987. | 0 | 4
TR 690 .A1 P48 | Photographis. |  | 1967 |  | Graphis Press ; distributed in the U.S. by Hastings House, | 1966-1987. | 0 | 4
TR 690 .A1 P48 | Photographis. |  | 1969 |  | Graphis Press ; distributed in the U.S. by Hastings House, | 1966-1987. | 0 | 2
TR 690 .A1 P48 | Photographis. |  | 1971 |  | Graphis Press ; distributed in the U.S. by Hastings House, | 1966-1987. | 3 | 4
TR 690 .A1 P48 | Photographis. |  | 1972 |  | Graphis Press ; distributed in the U.S. by Hastings House, | 1966-1987. | 1 | 3
TR 690 .A1 P48 | Photographis. |  | 1973 |  | Graphis Press ; distributed in the U.S. by Hastings House, | 1966-1987. | 2 | 0
TR 690 .A1 P48 | Photographis. |  | 1974 |  | Graphis Press ; distributed in the U.S. by Hastings House, | 1966-1987. | 0 | 2
TR 690 .A1 P48 | Photographis. |  | 1975 |  | Graphis Press ; distributed in the U.S. by Hastings House, | 1966-1987. | 0 | 6
TR 690 .A1 P48 | Photographis. |  | 1976 |  | Graphis Press ; distributed in the U.S. by Hastings House, | 1966-1987. | 0 | 4
TR 690 .A1 P48 | Photographis. |  | 1977 |  | Graphis Press ; distributed in the U.S. by Hastings House, | 1966-1987. | 0 | 10
TR 690 .A1 P48 | Photographis. |  | 1978 |  | Graphis Press ; distributed in the U.S. by Hastings House, | 1966-1987. | 0 | 1
TR 690 .A1 P48 | Photographis. |  | 1980 |  | Graphis Press ; distributed in the U.S. by Hastings House, | 1966-1987. | 0 | 3
TR 690 .A1 P48 | Photographis. |  | 1981 |  | Graphis Press ; distributed in the U.S. by Hastings House, | 1966-1987. | 3 | 3
TR 690 .A1 P48 | Photographis. |  | 1982 |  | Graphis Press ; distributed in the U.S. by Hastings House, | 1966-1987. | 1 | 5
TR 690 .A1 P48 | Photographis. |  | 1983 |  | Graphis Press ; distributed in the U.S. by Hastings House, | 1966-1987. | 4 | 5
TR 690 .A1 P48 | Photographis. |  | 1984 |  | Graphis Press ; distributed in the U.S. by Hastings House, | 1966-1987. | 7 | 5
TR 690 .A1 P48 | Photographis. |  | 1985 |  | Graphis Press ; distributed in the U.S. by Hastings House, | 1966-1987. | 7 | 7
TR 690 .A1 P48 | Photographis. |  | 1986 |  | Graphis Press ; distributed in the U.S. by Hastings House, | 1966-1987. | 7 | 8
TR 690 .A1 P48 | Photographis. |  | 1987 |  | Graphis Press ; distributed in the U.S. by Hastings House, | 1966-1987. | 9 | 2
TR 690 .B68 1984 | Perfect portfolio / by [NAME]. |  |  | Brackman, Henrietta. | AMPHOTO, | 1984. | 30 | 16
TR 690 .C37 1992 | Photo marketing handbook / [NAME]. |  |  | Cason, [NAME]. | Images Press, | c1992. | 10 | 1
TR 690 .C66 1990 | Conceptual still life photography : general still life, food, interiors / [introduction by Philip Smith]. |  |  |  | New York Gold, | c1990. | 4 | 6
TR 690 .H45 1997 | Pricing photography : the complete guide to assignment and stock prices / by [NAME], [NAME]. |  |  | Heron, Michal. | Allworth Press, | c1997. | 6 | 7
TR 690 .R49 1987 | Illustration photography / [NAME]. |  |  | Reznicki, [NAME]. | Amphoto, | 1987. | 3 | 1
TR 690 .R49 1987 | Illustration photography / [NAME]. |  |  | Reznicki, [NAME]. | Amphoto, | 1987. | 3 | 1
TR 690 .T28 1998 | Professional press, editorial, and PR photography / [NAME]. |  |  | Tarrant, [NAME]. | Focal Press, | 1998. | 4 | 5
TR690 .A2 | Professional photography for profit; detailed plans for the installation, equipping, and successful operation of various types of photographic studios [by] [NAME] ... |  |  | Abel, [NAME], 1891- | Greenberg | [1946] | 1 | 2
TR690 .J327 2010 | Professional commercial photography : techniques and images from master digital photographers / [NAME]. |  |  | Jacobs, [NAME]. | Amherst Media, | c2010. | 1 | 2
TR690 .J33 1988 | Selling photographs / [NAME], Jr. |  |  | Jacobs, [NAME]. | Amphoto, | c1988. | 10 | 2
TR690 .M34 1988 | Photography for the art market / [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME]. | Amphoto, | 1988. | 5 | 7
TR690 .P5 | Advertising photography; a visual communication book. |  |  | Pinney, [NAME]. | Hastings House | [1962] | 1 | 0
TR690 .P54 1987 | Photographer's guide to marketing and self-promotion / [NAME]. |  |  | Piscopo, Maria, 1953- | Writer's Digest Books, | c1987. | 17 | 1
TR690.A1 .P48 | Photo. | 2005 |  |  | Graphis Inc., | c2004-2005. | 2 | 3
TR690.A1 .P48 | Photo. | 2006 |  |  | Graphis Inc., | c2004-2005. | 3 | 5
TR690.A1 P48 | Graphis photo annual : an international annual of photography = das internationale Jahrbuch der Photographie = le reÌpertoire internationale de la photographie. | 2001 |  |  | Graphis Inc., | c2000- | 4 | 5
TR690.A1 P48 | Graphis photo annual : an international annual of photography = das internationale Jahrbuch der Photographie = le reÌpertoire internationale de la photographie. | 2002 |  |  | Graphis Inc., | c2000- | 3 | 10
TR690.A1 P48 | Graphis photo annual : an international annual of photography = das internationale Jahrbuch der Photographie = le reÌpertoire internationale de la photographie. | 2003 |  |  | Graphis Inc., | c2000- | 4 | 3
TR690.A1 P48 | Graphis photo annual : an international annual of photography = das internationale Jahrbuch der Photographie = le reÌpertoire internationale de la photographie. | 2004 |  |  | Graphis Inc., | c2000- | 0 | 0
TR690.A1 P48 | Graphis photo annual : an international annual of photography = das internationale Jahrbuch der Photographie = le reÌpertoire internationale de la photographie. | 2005 |  |  | Graphis Inc., | c2000- | 0 | 0
TR690.A1 P48 | Photo annual : the international annual of photography / Graphis Inc. |  | 1998 |  | Graphis Inc., | c1998-2000. | 8 | 19
TR690.A1 P48 | Photo annual : the international annual of photography / Graphis Inc. |  | 2000 |  | Graphis Inc., | c1998-2000. | 10 | 11
TR690.A1 P48 | Photo annual. | 2004 |  |  | Graphis Inc., | c2003. | 3 | 2
TR690.A1 P48 | Photography. | 2007 |  |  | Graphis, Inc., | [2007- | 0 | 3
TR690.A1 P48 | Photography. | 2008 |  |  | Graphis, Inc., | [2007- | 0 | 4
TR690.A1 P48 | Photography. | 2009 |  |  | Graphis, Inc., | [2007- | 1 | 1
TR690.A1 P48 | Photography. | 2010 |  |  | Graphis, Inc., | [2007- | 1 | 1
TR 690.2 .H45 1990 | How to shoot stock photos that sell / [NAME]. |  |  | Heron, Michal. | Allworth Press ; [NAME] to the trade in the U.S. and Canada, Writer's Digest Books, | c1990. | 14 | 6
TR 690.4 .M44 1993 | Photography for graphic designers / [NAME]. |  |  | Meehan, [NAME]. | Watson-Guptill Publications, | 1993. | 7 | 3
TR 690.4 .W43 1992 | Hotel room with a view : photographs / by [NAME]. |  |  | Weber, [NAME], 1946- | Smithsonian Institution Press, | 1992. | 3 | 9
TR 690.4 .W43 1992 | Hotel room with a view : photographs / by [NAME]. |  |  | Weber, [NAME], 1946- | Smithsonian Institution Press, | 1992. | 9 | 7
TR690.4 .J46 | Photo graphics; photographic techniques for design. |  |  | Jenkins, [NAME]. | [NAME]; Van Nostrand Reinhold | [1973] | 0 | 1
TR690.4 .N4 | Photographing your product for advertising & promotion; a handbook for designers & craftsmen [by] [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME] | Van Nostrand Reinhold Co. | [1970] | 1 | 0
TR690.4 .S63 1988 | Art of persuasion : a history of advertising photography / [NAME]. |  |  | Sobieszek, [NAME], 1943- | [NAME], | 1988. | 3 | 1
[NAME] | Man + camera; a photographic autobiography [by] [NAME]. Designed by [NAME]. |  |  | Keppler, Victor. | Amphoto | [1970] | 0 | 5
TR692 .A75 | Applied photography [by] [NAME], [NAME] [and] [NAME]; edited by [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME] | Focal Press, | 1971. | 0 | 1
TR692 .E5 | Photography for the scientist; edited by [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME]. | [NAME], | 1968. | 2 | 0
TR692 .O5 1993 | On the nature of things : the scientific photography of [NAME]. |  |  |  | Aperture, | c1993. | 0 | 2
TR692 .T54 | Photography as a tool, by the editors of Time-Life Books. |  |  | Time-Life Books. |  | [c1970] | 0 | 0
TR 692.5 .I58 1997 | Holography for photographers / [NAME]. |  |  | Iovine, [NAME]. | Focal Press, | c1997. | 1 | 4
TR692.5 .B55 1977 | Handbook for scientific photography / [NAME]. |  |  | Blaker, [NAME] | [NAME], | c1977. | 1 | 2
TR693 .H313 | Photogrammetry, basic principles and general survey. |  |  | Hallert, B. (Bertil). | McGraw-Hill, | 1960. | 0 | 1
TR693 .W63 2000 | Elements of photogrammetry : with applications in GIS. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME] | McGraw-Hill, | c2000. | 0 | 1
TR693 .W64 1983 | Elements of photogrammetry, with air photo interpretation and remote sensing / [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME] | McGraw-Hill, | c1983. | 3 | 1
TR700 .W65 | Traveling with your camera [by] [NAME]. |  |  | Woolley, A. E. (Al E.), 1926- | [NAME] | [1965] | 0 | 2
TR705 .D865 2007 | Photographing weather / Storn Dunlop. |  |  | Dunlop, Storm. | Photographers' Institute, | 2007. | 2 | 2
TR706 .C67 | Corporate showcase. | v.4 |  |  | American Showcase, | c1983- | 4 | 4
[NAME] .N94 1985 | Image worlds : corporate identities at General Electric, 1890-1930 / [NAME]. |  |  | Nye, [NAME], 1946- | MIT Press, | c1985. | 1 | 2
TR708 .B87 1998 | Morning's work : medical photographs from the Burns Archive & Collection, 1843-1939 / [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME] | Twin Palms Publishers, | 1998. | 2 | 1
TR708 .S53 | Organizing a biological photographic unit; a guide to organizing a biological photographic unit in health science educational institutions / by [NAME]. |  |  | Shaffer, Melvin C. | U.S. National Medical Audiovisual Center, | 1973. | 0 | 1
[NAME] | Beyond : visions of the interplanetary probes / [NAME] ; foreword by [NAME] ; afterword by [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME], 1962- | [NAME], | c2003. | 0 | 5
TR 714 .W66 1986 | Images of flight : the aviation photography of [NAME]. |  |  | Wooldridge, [NAME] | Published for the National Air and Space Museum by the Smithsonian Institution Press, | c1986. | 2 | 4
TR 721 .V53 1994 | Video techniques in animal ecology and behaviour / edited by [NAME]. |  |  |  | Chapman & Hall, | 1994. | 0 | 1
[NAME] .B55 | Field photography : beginning and advanced techniques / [NAME]. |  |  | Blaker, [NAME] | [NAME], | c1976. | 1 | 4
[NAME] 1971 | Witness to nature. |  |  | Eisenstaedt, Alfred. | Viking Press | [1971] | 1 | 3
[NAME] .F44 1981 | Nature close up : a fantastic journey into reality / [NAME]. |  |  | Feininger, Andreas, 1906-1999. | Dover Publications, | 1981. | 5 | 3
[NAME] .H53 1999 | Professional nature photography / [NAME]. |  |  | Hicks, [NAME]. | Focal, | 1999. | 14 | 8
[NAME] .K38 | Of trees, leaves, and ponds : studies in photo-impressionism / [NAME]. |  |  | Kaufman, [NAME]. | Dutton, | 1981. | 2 | 6
TR721 .N37 | Natural history photography / edited by [NAME]. |  |  |  | Academic Press, | 1974. | 1 | 0
[NAME] .P65 | Invisible world : sights too fast, too slow, too far, too small for the naked eye to see / [by [NAME]]. |  |  | Pomasanoff, [NAME]. | [NAME], | 1981. | 1 | 3
[NAME] | Summer island: [NAME] country. Edited by [NAME]. |  |  | Porter, [NAME], 1901- | Sierra Club | [1966] | 4 | 2
[NAME] .P73 | Practical wildlife photography / [NAME]. |  |  | Preston-Mafham, [NAME]. | Focal Press, | 1982. | 7 | 3
[NAME] .T52 | Photographing nature, by the editors of Time-Life Books. |  |  | Time-Life Books. |  | [1971] | 6 | 6
TR724 .W3 | Focalguide to plants and flowers / [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME]. | Focal Press ; Focal/Hastings House | 1979. | 3 | 0
TR 727 .C37 1995 | Heaven of animals / photographs by [NAME] ; afterword by Greil Marcus. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME], 1948- | Rice University Press, | c1995. | 9 | 7
TR729.B5 | Focal guide to bird photography / [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME] | Focal Press ; Focal/Hastings House, | c1980. | 0 | 2
TR729.D6 W43 | Man's best friend / photographs and drawings by [NAME] ; introduction by [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME]. | [NAME], | 1982. | 18 | 2
TR729.I6 S73 2003 | Attracted to light / Mike & Doug Starn. |  |  | Starn, Mike. | powerHouse Books, | 2003. | 2 | 3
TR733 .S74 1985 | In pursuit of clouds : images and metaphors / by [NAME]. |  |  | Steiner, [NAME], 1899- | Distributed by the University of New Mexico Press, | c1985. | 12 | 7
TR750 .C55 1971 | Radiographic photography [by] D. Noreen Chesney and [NAME]. |  |  | Chesney, [NAME]. | Blackwell Scientific, | 1971. | 0 | 0
TR750 .H46 | Photographic action of ionizing radiations in dosimetry and medical, industrial, neutron, auto- and microradiography [by] [NAME]. |  |  | Herz, [NAME]. | Wiley-Interscience | [1969] | 0 | 0
TR775 .P48 | Photography in archaeological research / edited by Elmer Harp, Jr. |  |  |  | University of New Mexico Press, | c1975. | 0 | 1
TR780 .D34 | Stereo views, a history of stereographs in America and their collection. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME], 1909- |  | 1964] | 1 | 1
TR780 .M3 1953 | Three-dimensional photography; principles of stereoscopy. |  |  | McKay, [NAME], 1895- | American Photography, Book Dept. | [1953] | 3 | 0
TR 790 .R69 1989 | Art of adventure / [NAME]. |  |  | Rowell, [NAME] | Collins Publishers, | 1989. | 16 | 8
TR790 .B383 1985 | Photographing wild Texas / by [NAME] and [NAME]. |  |  | Bauer, [NAME] | University of Texas Press, | 1985. | 2 | 1
TR790 .F313 | Masters of early travel photography / [NAME], [NAME]. |  |  | Fabian, [NAME], 1935- | Vendome Press, | 1983. | 0 | 6
TR790 .T55 | Travel photography, by the editors of Time-Life Books. |  |  | Time-Life Books. |  | [1972] | 0 | 2
[NAME] | In-water photography; theory and practice [by] [NAME]. |  |  | Mertens, [NAME]. | Wiley-Interscience | [1970] | 0 | 3
[NAME] | Underwater photography [by] [NAME] and [NAME]. |  |  | Rebikoff, Dimitri, 1921- | Chilton Books | [1965] | 1 | 1
[NAME] | Art of underwater photography, by [NAME] and [NAME]. |  |  | Starck, [NAME] | Chilton Books | [1966] | 1 | 4
TR 810 .A9 1992 | Fundamentals of remote sensing and airphoto interpretation / [NAME], [NAME]. |  |  | Avery, [NAME]. | Macmillan ; Maxwell Macmillan Canada ; Maxwell Macmillan International, | c1992. | 7 | 1
TR 810 .C55 1991 | Practical guide to aerial photography : with an introduction to surveying / [NAME]. |  |  | Ciciarelli, [NAME] 1942- | [NAME], | c1991. | 2 | 3
[NAME] .A5 | Manual of color aerial photography. Editor-in-chief: [NAME], Jr. Associate editor: [NAME]. |  |  | American Society of Photogrammetry. |  | 1968] | 1 | 0
[NAME] .B44 2006 | Above the North : aerial photography of Northern Michigan / by [NAME]. |  |  | Beaver, [NAME]. | University of Michigan Press ; Petoskey Publishing, | c2006. | 0 | 3
[NAME] .C73 | Color aerial stereograms of selected coastal areas of the United States [by] Harland R. Cravat and [NAME]. |  |  | Cravat, Harland R. | National Ocean Survey; [for sale by the [NAME]. of Docs., U.S. Govt. Print. Off., Washington] | 1971. | 1 | 0
TR810 .E18 1972 | Properties of Kodak materials for aerial photographic systems. | v.1 |  | Eastman Kodak Company. |  | 1972 | 0 | 0
TR810 .E18 1972 | Properties of Kodak materials for aerial photographic systems. | v.2 |  | Eastman Kodak Company. |  | 1972 | 0 | 0
[NAME] .G67 1986 | Manual of aerial photography / [NAME], [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME], Ph. D. | Focal Press, | 1986. | 1 | 1
TR810 .H4 | Aerial photography; the story of aerial mapping and reconnaissance. |  |  | Heiman, Grover. | Macmillan | [1972] | 0 | 1
[NAME] .J4 | Optical and photographic reconnaissance systems. |  |  | [NAME], Niels, 1932- | [NAME] | [1968] | 0 | 0
[NAME] .L36 1983 | Land use/land cover and environmental photointerpretation keys / by [NAME] ... [et [NAME].]. |  |  |  | U.S. Dept. of the Interior, Geological Survey ; For sale by [NAME], Text Products Section, U.S. Geological Survey, | 1983. | 2 | 0
[NAME] .L4 | Face of the earth as seen from the air; a study in the application of airplane photography to geography, by [NAME] ... |  |  | [NAME], [NAME], 1864-1926. | American Geographical Society, | [c1922] | 0 | 0
[NAME] .N48 | Airborne camera; the world from the air and outer space. |  |  | Newhall, Beaumont, 1908- | Hastings House | [1969] | 2 | 2
[NAME] .P25 | Aerial photography and image interpretation for resource management / [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME] | Wiley, | c1981. | 3 | 1
TR810 .P68 | Aerial photo-interpretation of landforms and rural cultural features in glaciated and coastal regions [by] [NAME] and [NAME]. |  |  | Powers, [NAME], 1902- | Dept. of Geography, Northwestern University, | 1959. | 0 | 2
TR810 .R4 2002 | Emmet [NAME] : changing the earth / [NAME] ; with essays by Philip Brookman and [NAME]. |  |  | Reynolds, Jock. | Yale University Press, | 2002. | 3 | 4
TR810 .R47 | [NAME] of cultural features; a study of man's imprint on the land, by [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME] | Hubbard Press | [1972] | 1 | 1
[NAME] .W4 | Multispectral photography for earth resources [by] Sondra Wenderoth [and] [NAME], with [NAME] [and] [NAME]. |  |  | Wenderoth, Sondra. | Science Engineering Research Group, C. W. Post Center | [1974] | 0 | 1
TR810 N47 | New Horizons in color aerial photography. A seminar sponsored by The American Society of Photogrammetry and The Society of Photographic Scientists and Engineers. Objectives: New developments and techniques in film processing and acquisition are making col |  |  |  | Society of Photographic Scientists, | 1969. | 1 | 0
TR816 .C36 1983 | Cameras in the curriculum : an NEA/KODAK program : a challenge to teacher creativity / administered by the National Foundation for the Improvement of Education. | v.2 |  |  | Eastman Kodak Co., | c1983- | 1 | 1
TR819 .C36 2006 | Art of digital wedding photography : professional techniques with style / [NAME] and [NAME]. |  |  | Cantrell, Bambi. | [NAME] ; Windsor [distributor], | 2005. | 4 | 1
TR819 .J64 2006 | Digital wedding photography : capturing beautiful memories / [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME], photographer. | Wiley, | c2006. | 8 | 3
TR819 .L68 2007 | Complete guide to professional wedding photography : creating a more profitable and fulfilling business / [NAME]. |  |  | Lovegrove, [NAME]. | Elsevier/Focal Press, | c2007. | 5 | 1
TR819 .N670 | Wedding : March 22 to May 2, 1976, The Carpenter Center for the Visual Arts, Harvard University / exhibition and catalogue prepared by [NAME]. |  |  | Norfleet, [NAME] | [NAME] for the Visual Arts, Harvard University, | 1975. | 2 | 3
TR 820 .C357 1992 | Origins of photojournalism in America / [NAME]. |  |  | Carlebach, [NAME] | Smithsonian Institution Press, | c1992. | 6 | 3
TR 820 .K394 1993 | Practical photojournalism : a professional guide / [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], Martin. | Focal Press, | 1993. | 11 | 6
TR 820 .W53 1992 | [NAME] and the photographic essay / [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME]. | Cambridge University Press, | 1992. | 9 | 5
TR820 .B48 | Best of photojournalism. | v.10 |  |  | National Press Photographers Association [etc.] |  | 3 | 5
TR820 .E39 | Eisenstaedt--Germany / [editor, [NAME]]. |  |  | Eisenstaedt, Alfred. | [NAME], | 1981, c1980. | 4 | 10
TR820 .E846 | Eyewitness : 25 years through World Press photos. |  |  |  | Morrow, | 1981. | 6 | 7
[NAME] .F46 | Weegee. |  |  | Weegee, 1899-1968. | Aperture, | c1978. | 12 | 1
[NAME] .F6 | How to make money with your camera. Foreword by [NAME]. |  |  | Forman, [NAME], 1904-1978. | McGraw-Hill | [1952] | 0 | 5
[NAME] .H65 1986 | Photojournalism : the visual approach / [NAME]. |  |  | Hoy, [NAME] | Prentice-Hall, | c1986. | 12 | 3
[NAME] .K75 1985 | Photojournalism : the professionals' approach / [NAME] ; picture research by [NAME]. |  |  | Kobre, [NAME], 1946- | Focal Press, | 1985. | 1 | 2
[NAME] .K75 2008 | Photojournalism : the professionals' approach / [NAME] ; editing & design by [NAME]. |  |  | Kobre, [NAME], 1946- | Focal Press, | c2008. | 6 | 4
[NAME] .L43 1982 | Moments : the Pulitzer Prize photographs / [NAME] and [NAME]. |  |  | Leekley, [NAME]. | [NAME], | c1982. | 7 | 1
[NAME] .O74 | Photo journal / [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME]. | Viking Press, | 1981. | 8 | 5
[NAME] .P5539 2006 | Photos that changed the world : the 20th century / edited by [NAME] ; with contributions by [NAME] ... [et [NAME].]. |  |  |  | Prestel, | 2006. | 6 | 4
[NAME] .R67 1974 | Photojournalism. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME], 1915- | Amphoto | [1974] | 5 | 2
[NAME] .S239 | [NAME]. |  |  | Salomon, [NAME]. | Aperture, | c1978. | 0 | 0
[NAME] .S36 | Scoop, scandal, and strife; a study of photography in newspapers [by] [NAME] [and others] With contributions by [NAME] [and others] Newspapers reproduced from the [NAME] collection. Edited by [NAME]. |  |  |  | Hastings House | [1971] | 6 | 2
[NAME] .S38 | Professional approach to journalistic photography [by] [NAME] [and] Cal Wayne Moore. |  |  | Sellmeyer, [NAME]. | [NAME]. Co. | [c1967] | 3 | 2
[NAME] .S678 | On assignment, projects in photojournalism / by [NAME]. |  |  | Spina, [NAME]. | Amphoto, | c1982. | 7 | 1
[NAME] .S77 | Spot news photography. |  |  | Stein, Barney. | [NAME] | [1960] | 2 | 0
TR820 .T55 | Photojournalism, by the editors of Time-Life books. |  |  | Time-Life Books. |  | [1971] | 4 | 0
[NAME] .W397 1982b | Weegee's New York : 335 photographs 1935-1960 / introduction by [NAME]. |  |  | Weegee, 1899-1968. | Schirmer/Mosel ; distributed by Grove, | c1982. | 12 | 6
[NAME] .W3973 1986 | On the line : the new color photojournalism / [NAME] ; with a foreword by [NAME]. |  |  | Weinberg, [NAME] | Walker [NAME], | c1986. | 8 | 2
[NAME] .W4 2002 | Phototruth or photofiction? : ethics and media imagery in the digital age / [NAME]. |  |  | Wheeler, [NAME], 1960- | Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, | 2002. | 4 | 9
TR 820.5 .C87 1989 | Mind's eye, mind's truth : FSA photography reconsidered / [NAME]. |  |  | Curtis, [NAME], 1938- | Temple University Press, | c1989. | 7 | 1
TR 820.5 .F85 1991 | [NAME], 25 years / [NAME]. |  |  | Fulton, [NAME]. | Little, [NAME], | c1991. | 13 | 11
TR 820.5 .G82 1991 | American photography and the American dream / [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME]. | University of North Carolina Press, | c1991. | 5 | 9
TR 820.5 .H5 1994 | [NAME] : American photographs / Therese Thau Heyman, [NAME], [NAME]. |  |  | Heyman, Therese Thau. | San Francisco Museum of Modern Art : Chronicle Books, | c1994. | 22 | 9
TR 820.5 .N47 1992 | Atget's seven albums / [NAME]. |  |  | Nesbit, Molly, 1952- | Yale University Press, | c1992. | 4 | 1
TR 820.5 .S54 | [NAME], early work. |  |  | Smith, [NAME], 1918-1978 | Center for Creative Photography, University of Arizona, | 1980. | 4 | 3
TR 820.5 .T73 1989 | Reading American photographs : images as history, [NAME] to Walker Evans / [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME]. | Hill and Wang, | 1989. | 7 | 1
TR 820.5 .V33 1995 | Poland, 1946 : the photographs and letters of [NAME] / edited by [NAME] ; with an introduction by [NAME]. |  |  | Vachon, [NAME], 1914-1975. | Smithsonian Institution Press, | c1995. | 5 | 0
TR820.5 .B8 | Reality recorded : early documentary photography / [NAME]. |  |  | Buckland, [NAME]. | New York Graphic Society, | 1974. | 3 | 2
TR820.5 .C56 1989 | Close to home : seven documentary photographers / edited by [NAME]. |  |  |  | Friends of Photography, | c1989. | 9 | 0
TR820.5 .C66 | Concerned photographer 2; the photographs of [NAME], [NAME], [NAME], [NAME], [NAME], [NAME], [NAME], [NAME]. [Text by [NAME]] Editor: Cornell Capa. | v.1 |  |  | [NAME], | 1972. | 7 | 1
TR820.5 .E89 | Walker Evans at work : 745 photographs together with documents selected from letters, memoranda, interviews, notes / with an essay by [NAME]. |  |  | Evans, Walker, 1903-1975. | Harper & Row, | c1982. | 8 | 1
TR820.5 .E895 2006 | Walker Evans : lyric documentary / by [NAME] ; with an essay by [NAME]. |  |  | Evans, Walker, 1903-1975. | Steidl, | 2006. | 1 | 1
TR820.5 .E94 | Exploring society photographically / [edited by] [NAME]. |  |  |  | [NAME] and [NAME], Northwestern University ; Distributed by University of Chicago Press, | c1981. | 1 | 5
TR820.5 .F645 2008 | Seeing Mexico photographed : the work of Horne, Casasola, [NAME], and [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME]. | Yale University Press, | c2008. | 0 | 1
TR820.5 .G36 1984 | Dust bowl descent / [NAME]. |  |  | Ganzel, [NAME], 1949- | University of Nebraska Press, | c1984. | 5 | 3
TR820.5 .G78 2007 | Witness : one of the great foreign correspondents of the twentieth century tells her story / [NAME] ; foreword by [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME], 1911- | Schocken Books, | c2007. | 0 | 1
TR820.5 .H33 1984 | Silver cities : the photography of American urbanization, 1839-1915 / [NAME]. |  |  | Hales, [NAME] ([NAME]) | Temple University Press, | 1984. | 1 | 1
TR820.5 .H56 | America & Lewis Hine : photographs 1904-1940 : [exhibition] / foreword by [NAME] ; biographical notes by [NAME] ; essay by [NAME] ; design by [NAME]. |  |  | Hine, [NAME], 1874-1940. | Aperture, inc., | c1977. | 10 | 2
TR820.5 .H5634 1998 | Empire State Building / Lewis W. Hine ; with an introduction by Freddy Langer. |  |  | Hine, [NAME], 1874-1940. | Prestel, | c1998. | 7 | 5
TR820.5 .H62 | Early war photographs / compiled and written by [NAME]. |  |  | Hodgson, [NAME]. | New York Graphic Society, | [1974] | 3 | 5
TR820.5 .H87 | Portrait of a decade; [NAME] and the development of documentary photography in the thirties [by] [NAME]. Photographic editing by [NAME]. |  |  | Hurley, [NAME] ([NAME]) | Louisiana State University Press | [1972] | 5 | 4
TR820.5 .L358 | [NAME]. |  |  | Lange, [NAME]. | Aperture, | c1981. | 22 | 7
TR820.5 .L48 1987 | Let us now praise famous women : women photographers for the U.S. government, 1935-1944 : [NAME], [NAME], [NAME], [NAME], [NAME], Marion Post Wolcott, [NAME], Louise Rosskam / Andrea Fisher. |  |  | Fisher, [NAME], 1955- | [NAME], | 1987. | 8 | 5
TR820.5 .M368 1999 | American odyssey, 1963-1999 / [NAME] ; poem by [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME], 1940- | Aperture, | c1999. | 9 | 7
TR820.5 .M667 2010 | Detroit disassembled / essay by [NAME] ; photographs by [NAME]. |  |  | Moore, [NAME], 1957- | [NAME] ; Akron Art Museum, | c2010. | 2 | 1
TR820.5 .O27 1984 | Observations / edited by [NAME] ; contributors, [NAME] ... [et [NAME].]. |  |  |  | Friends of Photography, | c1984. | 5 | 3
TR820.5 .O33 1987 | Official images : New Deal photography / [NAME] ... [et [NAME].]. |  |  |  | Smithsonian Institution Press, | c1987. | 7 | 13
TR820.5 .P57 | [NAME], U.S.A., 1943-1950 : the Standard Oil (New Jersey) photography project / by [NAME] ; foreword by Cornell Capa ; [featuring photographs by [NAME] ... et al]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME] ([NAME]), 1953- | University of Texas Press, | 1983. | 5 | 3
TR820.5 .R55 2005 | Through the lens of the city : NEA photography surveys of the 1970s / [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME]. | University Press of Mississippi, | c2005. | 1 | 1
TR820.5 .R68 1986 | Documentary photography / [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME], 1915- | Focal Press, | c1986. | 12 | 3
TR820.5 .S4797 2000 | [NAME] New York : the photography of modern times / [NAME], [NAME], [NAME] ; Fogg Art Museum, Harvard University, Cambridge. |  |  | Shahn, [NAME], 1898-1969. | Fogg Art Museum, Harvard University Art Museums, | 2000. | 0 | 2
TR820.5 .S48 | Photographic eye of [NAME] / edited by [NAME]. |  |  | Shahn, [NAME], 1898-1969. | Harvard University Press, | 1975. | 3 | 4
TR820.5 .S48 | Photographic eye of [NAME] / edited by [NAME]. |  |  | Shahn, [NAME], 1898-1969. | Harvard University Press, | 1975. | 0 | 0
TR820.5 .S87 | In this proud land: America 1935-1943 as seen in the FSA photographs. [Edited by] Roy Emerson Stryker and [NAME]. |  |  | Stryker, [NAME]. | New York Graphic Society | [1973] | 4 | 0
TR820.5 .W43 1986 | Hot light/half-made worlds : photographs from the tropics / [NAME]. |  |  | Webb, [NAME]. | Thames and Hudson, | 1986. | 1 | 6
TR820.5 .W447 2006 | Where we live : photographs of America from the [NAME] collection / [edited by] [NAME] and [NAME] ; with essays by [NAME], [NAME] and [NAME]. |  |  |  | J. Paul Getty Museum, | c2006. | 1 | 2
TR820.5 .W56 | Public relations / [NAME] ; introd. by [NAME]. |  |  | Winogrand, [NAME], 1928- | Museum of Modern Art ; distributed by New York Graphic Society, | c1977. | 3 | 4
TR820.5 .Y645 2007 | Rediscovering [NAME] : exposure journalism and photography in turn-of-the-century New York / Bonnie Yochelson & [NAME]. |  |  | Yochelson, [NAME]. | New Press : Distributed by W.W. Norton, | 2007. | 0 | 1
TR820.5 D63 | Documentary photography / by the editors of Time-Life Books. |  |  |  | Time-Life Books | [c1972] | 4 | 4
TR820.6 .I53 1985 | Indelible image : photographs of war, 1846 to the present / [edited by] [NAME] ; with an essay by [NAME]. |  |  |  | Abrams, | 1985. | 7 | 6
TR 821 .M36 1982 | How to photograph sports & action / [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME], 1952- | HP Books, | c1982. | 4 | 6
[NAME] 2001 | Gymnasium / Luke Smalley. |  |  | Smalley, [NAME]. | [NAME], | 2001. | 1 | 3
TR 822 .P73 1991 | Practical methodology of forensic photography / [NAME] ; with contributions by [NAME], [NAME], [NAME], Sr. |  |  | Redsicker, [NAME] | Elsevier, | c1991. | 6 | 1
TR822 .S26 | Police photography / [NAME]. |  |  | Sansone, [NAME] | [NAME]. Co., | c1977. | 3 | 8
TR822 .S26 | Police photography / [NAME]. |  |  | Sansone, [NAME] | [NAME]. Co., | c1977. | 2 | 1
TR822 .S53 | Applied police and fire photography / [NAME] ; with forewords by [NAME] and [NAME]. |  |  | Siljander, [NAME] | [NAME], | c1976. | 2 | 2
TR822 .S54 | Applied surveillance photography / by [NAME]. |  |  | Siljander, [NAME] | [NAME], | [1975] | 0 | 1
TR825 .D4 | Photographic reproduction; methods, techniques, and application for engineering and the graphic arts [by] [NAME] [&] Morton J. Schultz. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME]. | McGraw-Hill | [1963] | 0 | 0
TR835 .C6 | [NAME] systems / by [NAME]. |  |  | Costigan, [NAME] | National Micrographics Association, | 1975. | 0 | 0
TR835 .H33 | Evaluating microfiche readers : a handbook for librarians / by [NAME]. |  |  | Hawken, [NAME] | Council on Library Resources, | [1975] | 0 | 0
TR835 .N275 1974 | How to select a microform reader or reader-printer. |  |  | National Microfilm Association. |  | c1974] | 0 | 0
TR845 .C56 1972 | Cinematographic annual. v. 1-2; 1930-31. | v.1 |  |  | Arno Press, | 1972. | 0 | 0
TR845 .C56 1972 | Cinematographic annual. v. 1-2; 1930-31. | v.2 |  |  | Arno Press, | 1972. | 1 | 0
TR 848 .H67 1997 | Making images move : photographers and avant-garde cinema / Jan-[NAME]. |  |  | Horak, Jan-Christopher. | Smithsonian Institution Press, | c1997. | 1 | 1
TR848 .B35 | Beginnings of the cinema in England / [NAME]. |  |  | Barnes, [NAME]. | [NAME] ; Barnes & Noble, | c1976. | 1 | 0
TR848 .F5 1983 | Technological history of motion pictures and television : an anthology from the pages of the Journal of the Society of Motion Picture and Television Engineers / edited, with an introd., by [NAME]. |  |  |  | University of California Press, | 1983, c1967. | 4 | 1
TR848 .H4 | Edison motion picture myth. |  |  | Hendricks, [NAME]. | University of California Press, | c1961. | 3 | 0
TR848 .N43 1985b | Cinema and technology : image, sound, colour / [NAME]. |  |  | Neale, Stephen. | Macmillan Education, | 1985. | 2 | 0
TR849.A1 H53 | Hollywood cameramen: sources of light. |  |  | Higham, [NAME], 1931- | Indiana University Press | [1970] | 0 | 0
TR849.A1 S33 1984 | Masters of light : conversations with contemporary cinematographers / [NAME] and [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME]. | University of California Press, | c1984. | 2 | 0
TR849.M87 M3 | [NAME], the man who invented the moving picture. |  |  | MacDonnell, [NAME]. | Little, [NAME] | [1972] | 3 | 3
TR849.M87 S55 2004 | River of shadows : [NAME] and the technological wild west / Rebecca Solnit. |  |  | Solnit, Rebecca. | Penguin Books, | 2004. | 0 | 2
TR 850 .S85 1995 | Camera-cut-composition : a learning model / [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME], 1949- | Cornwall Books, | c1995. | 1 | 1
TR850 .A54 | Painting with light. |  |  | Alton, [NAME]. | Macmillan Co., | 1949. | 2 | 0
TR850 .A59 1970 | Motion-picture work [by] David Sher[r]ill Hulfish. |  |  | American School (Chicago, Ill.) | Arno Press, | 1970. | 0 | 0
TR850 .A8 | [NAME] of the film language / Daniel Arijon. |  |  | Arijon, Daniel. | [NAME], | 1976. | 2 | 0
TR850 .C33 | [NAME] manual of film-making. |  |  | Callaghan, [NAME] | [NAME] Reinhold | [1974] | 2 | 0
TR850 .C34 | Photographic theory for the motion picture cameraman, compiled and edited by [NAME]. |  |  | Campbell, [NAME]. | [NAME]; [NAME] | [1970] | 1 | 1
TR850 .C37 1974 | Professional 16/35[NAME] handbook / by [NAME] and [NAME]. |  |  | Carlson, [NAME]. | Amphoto, | [1974] | 1 | 0
TR850 .G55 | Super 8 handbook [by] [NAME] [and] [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME] | [NAME] | [1974] | 3 | 0
TR850 .H33 | Basic motion picture technology [by] [NAME] |  |  | HappeÌ, [NAME]. | Hastings House | [1971] | 2 | 0
TR850 .H45 1970 | Animated photography: the ABC of the cinematograph [by] Cecil M. Hepworth. |  |  | Hepworth, Cecil M. | Arno Press, | 1970. | 0 | 0
TR850 .H6 1970 | Living pictures: their history, photo-production, and practical working. |  |  | Hopwood, [NAME], 1866-1919. | Arno Press, | 1970. | 1 | 0
TR850 .J55 1970 | Animated pictures. |  |  | Jenkins, [NAME], 1869-1934. | Arno Press, | 1970 [c1898] | 0 | 0
TR850 .L8 1972 | Motion-picture cameraman, by [NAME]. |  |  | Lutz, [NAME], 1868- | Arno Press, | 1972 [c1927] | 0 | 0
TR850 .M65 | How to read a film : the art, technology, language, history and theory of film and media / [NAME] ; with 36 diagrs. by [NAME]. |  |  | Monaco, [NAME]. | Oxford University Press, | 1977. | 2 | 0
TR850 .P76 | 8mm/16[NAME] movie-making. |  |  | Provisor, [NAME]. | American Photographic Book Pub. Co. | [1970] | 4 | 1
TR850 .R6 | Primer for film-making; a complete guide to 16 mm and 35 mm film production [by] [NAME] and [NAME] |  |  | [NAME], [NAME] | Pegasus | [1971] | 2 | 0
TR850 .R68 | Complete book of movie making. |  |  | Rose, [NAME]. | Fountain Press | [c1971] | 1 | 0
TR850 .S54 | Creative film-making. |  |  | Smallman, [NAME]. | Collier Books | [1969] | 0 | 0
TR850 .U93 2006 | [NAME] book / by [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME]. | Elsevier Focal Press, | c2006. | 2 | 2
TR850 .V36 2005 | Cinematic storytelling : the 100 most powerful film conventions every filmmaker must know / [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME], 1954- | [NAME], | c2005. | 6 | 3
TR850 .W49 1969 | Principles of cinematography: a handbook of motion picture technology, by [NAME]. |  |  | Wheeler, [NAME] | Fountain, | 1969. | 1 | 0
TR850 .W53 | Language of film. |  |  | Seare, [NAME]. | Prentice-Hall | [1970] | 1 | 0
TR850 .W75 2006 | Digital compositing for film and video / [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME], 1947- | Focal, | 2006. | 2 | 1
TR850 .Y68 | Work of the motion picture cameraman [by] Freddie Young [and] [NAME]. Pref. by Sir [NAME]. |  |  | Young, Freddie. | Hastings House | [1972] | 1 | 0
TR850 .Z47 | Sight, sound, motion; applied media aesthetics. |  |  | Zettl, [NAME]. | Wadsworth Pub. Co. | [1973] | 4 | 0
[NAME] | Handbook of basic motion picture techniques, by [NAME]. |  |  | Brodbeck, Emil E. | American Photographic Book Publishing Co. Inc. | [1966] | 4 | 1
TR851 .E2 | How to make good movies; a non-technical handbook for those considering the ownership of an amateur movie camera and for those already actively engaged in movie making who want to improve the interest and quality of their personal film records. |  |  | Eastman Kodak Company. | Eastman Kodak Company | [1938] | 2 | 0
TR851.8 .F7 | Summary of film mathematics / by [NAME]. |  |  | Fredericks, [NAME] | Comprehensive Publications, | 1974. | 0 | 5
TR852 .L5 | Children as film makers, by [NAME] and [NAME]. Special photography by [NAME]. |  |  | Lidstone, [NAME]. | [NAME] Reinhold | [1969, c1970] | 1 | 0
TR852 .L65 | Film making in schools. |  |  | Lowndes, [NAME]. | Batsford; [NAME], | 1970. | 2 | 1
TR 853 .H28 1993 | Technicolor movies : the history of dye transfer printing / by [NAME]. |  |  | Haines, [NAME], 1957- | McFarland & Company, | c1993. | 1 | 1
TR853 .N68 | Way of all flesh tones : a history of color motion picture processes, 1895-1929 / [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME] ([NAME]), 1948- | [NAME], | 1983. | 0 | 1
TR853 .R67 | Color film for color television [by] [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME] | Hastings House | [1970] | 0 | 0
TR855 .V913 | Wide-screen cinema and stereophonic sound [by] [NAME]. Translated by [NAME]. Edited, annotated and introduced by [NAME]. |  |  | Vysotï¸ sï¸¡kiiÌ†, [NAME]. | Hastings House | [c1971] | 1 | 0
TR 858 .M325 1993 | Language of visual effects / Micheal J. McAlister. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME], 1954- | Lone Eagle Pub. Co., | c1993. | 10 | 5
TR 858 .S65 1986 | Industrial Light & Magic : the art of special effects / [NAME] ; introduction by [NAME]. |  |  | Smith, [NAME][NAME]), 1938- | Ballantine Books, | 1986. | 12 | 2
TR 858 .S65 1986 | Industrial Light & Magic : the art of special effects / [NAME] ; introduction by [NAME]. |  |  | Smith, [NAME][NAME]), 1938- | Ballantine Books, | 1986. | 7 | 3
TR858 .B76 | Movie and videotape special effects [by] [NAME]. |  |  | Brodbeck, Emil E. | Chilton Book Co. | [1968] | 10 | 0
TR858 .H3525 2009 | [NAME] made easy : keying and compositing for indie filmmakers / by Jeremy Hanke & Michele Yamazaki. |  |  | Hanke, [NAME], 1977- | [NAME], | c2009. | 2 | 1
[NAME] .H37 1974 | Film fantasy scrapbook. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME]. | [NAME] | [1974] | 8 | 4
TR860 .A25 2003 | Digital cinematography & directing / [NAME]. |  |  | Ablan, [NAME]. | New Riders Pub., | c2003. | 3 | 2
[NAME] 2006 | Digital filmmaking handbook / [NAME] and Sonja Schenk. |  |  | Long, [NAME], 1967- | Charles River Media, | c2006. | 2 | 1
[NAME] .M68 2004 | Motion blur : graphic moving imagemakers / onedotzero. |  |  |  | [NAME], | 2004. | 0 | 3
[NAME] .E44 1993 | Camera terms and concepts / [NAME]. |  |  | Elkins, [NAME] | Focal Press, | c1993. | 5 | 5
TR880 .R3413 1969 | Technique of the motion picture camera, by [NAME]. [MS translated by [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME]. | Communication Arts Books | [1969] | 2 | 0
TR880 .S313 1986 | Motion picture camera and lighting equipment : choice and technique / [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME] | Focal Press, | 1986. | 4 | 1
TR882 .E55 | Television broadcasting; camera chains, by [NAME]. |  |  | Ennes, [NAME], 1911- | [NAME] | [1971] | 0 | 0
TR882 .J6 1974 | Technique of the television cameraman / by [NAME] ; with a preface by [NAME]. |  |  | Jones, [NAME], 1929- | [NAME], | 1974. | 3 | 1
TR882 .M5 | TV camera operation. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME] | Hastings House | [1973] | 1 | 1
TR882.5 .K46 1987 | Television camera operation according to Ritch / Ritch Kenney & [NAME]. |  |  | Kenney, [NAME], 1949- | Tellem Publications, | c1987. | 2 | 2
TR882.5 .S35 2007 | Cameras in the classroom : educating the post-TV generation / [NAME]. |  |  | Schoonmaker, [NAME]. | Rowman & Littlefield Education, | c2007. | 0 | 1
TR 885 .M33 1992 | Special effects sourcebook / [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME], 1931- | Focal Press, | c1992. | 6 | 4
TR885 .D5 1970 | History of the kinetograph, kinetoscope, & kinetophonograph [by] [NAME] and [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME], 1860-1935. | Arno Press, | 1970 [c1895] | 1 | 1
TR 886.2 .H36 1983 | Your film & the lab / [NAME] |  |  | HappeÌ, [NAME]. | Focal Press, | 1983. | 0 | 0
TR 891 .F57 1992 | Control of light / [NAME] and [NAME]. |  |  | Fitt, [NAME]. | Focal Press, | 1992. | 2 | 0
TR 891 .F58 1997 | Lighting technology : a guide for the entertainment industry / [NAME] and [NAME]. |  |  | Fitt, [NAME]. | Focal, | 1997. | 2 | 1
TR 891 .G56 2000 | Placing shadows : lighting techniques for video production / [NAME], [NAME]. |  |  | Gloman, [NAME] | Focal Press, | c2000. | 3 | 1
[NAME] .B68 2003 | Set lighting technician's handbook : film lighting equipment, practice, and electrical distribution / [NAME]. |  |  | Box, [NAME] | Focal Press, | c2003. | 0 | 2
TR 892 .F88 1993 | Future visions : new technologies of the screen / edited by Philip Hayward & Tana Wollen. |  |  |  | BFI Publishing, | 1993. | 9 | 2
TR892 .P47 | All-in-one movie book. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME]. | Amphoto | [1969] | 2 | 0
TR893 .B87 | Cinematographic techniques in biology and medicine. Edited by [NAME]. |  |  | Burton, [NAME], 1922- | Academic Press, | 1971. | 0 | 0
TR893 .D45 | Construction of research films. |  |  | Densham, [NAME] | Published for and on behalf of Advisory Group for Aeronautical Research and Development, North Atlantic Treaty Organization by Pergamon Press, | 1959. | 0 | 1
TR893 .S75 | Work of the science film maker, by [NAME]. With a pref. by Sir [NAME]. |  |  | Strasser, [NAME]. | Hastings House | [1972] | 1 | 0
TR 894 .S55 1992 | Before video : a history of the non-theatrical film / [NAME]. |  |  | Slide, [NAME]. | Greenwood Press, | 1992. | 0 | 0
[NAME] .B87 | Work of the industrial film maker. |  |  | Burder, [NAME]. | Hastings House | [1973] | 2 | 1
[NAME] .M44 1986 | Portable video : ENG and EFP / [NAME] and [NAME]. |  |  | Medoff, [NAME] | Knowledge Industry Publications | c1986. | 4 | 1
TR 896 .V33 1996 | Videomaker handbook : a comprehensive guide to making video / from the editors of Videomaker magazine ; section introductions by [NAME]. |  |  |  | Focal Press, | c1996. | 7 | 2
[NAME] .G66 2003 | Editing digital video / [NAME], [NAME]. |  |  | Goodman, [NAME] | McGraw-Hill, | 2003. | 1 | 2
TR 897.5 .A9 1994 | Visualization quest : a history of computer animation / Valliere [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME], 1952- | Fairleigh Dickinson University Press ; Associated University Presses, | c1994. | 4 | 2
TR 897.5 .C655 1989 | State-of-the-art in computer animation : proceedings of Computer Animation '89 / [NAME], [NAME], eds. |  |  | Computer Animation '89 (1989 : Geneva, Switzerland) | Springer-Verlag, | c1989. | 10 | 0
TR 897.5 .F75 1994 | Clay animation : American highlights 1908 to the present / [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME]. | Twayne ; Maxwell Macmillan Canada ; Maxwell Macmillan International, | c1994. | 5 | 1
TR 897.5 .M53 1991 | Microsoft Windows multimedia authoring and tools guide / written, edited, and produced by Microsoft Corporation. |  |  |  | Microsoft Press, | c1991. | 1 | 0
TR 897.5 .M535 1991 | Microsoft Windows multimedia programmer's reference / written, edited, and produced by Microsoft Corporation. |  |  |  | Microsoft Press, | c1991. | 0 | 1
TR 897.5 .T624 1992 | Evolutionary art and computers / [NAME] and [NAME]. |  |  | Todd, Stephen. | Academic Press, | c1992. | 17 | 0
TR 897.5 .V56 1992 | 3-D computer animation / [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME]. | Addison-Wesley, | c1992. | 16 | 2
TR897.5 .B26 | Walt Disney's world of fantasy / [NAME] ; compiled and designed by Julie & Steve Ridgeway. |  |  | Bailey, Adrian, 1928- | Everest House, | c1982. | 19 | 5
TR897.5 .D738 2007 | Pure animation : steps to creation with 57 cutting-edge animators / [NAME], [NAME] ; foreword by [NAME]. |  |  | Drate, [NAME]. | Merrell, | 2007. | 2 | 1
TR897.5 .E96 | Experimental animation : an illustrated anthology / [edited by] [NAME] and [NAME]. |  |  |  | Van Nostrand Reinhold Co., | 1976. | 4 | 0
TR897.5 .G78 | Shoestring animator / [NAME] ; introduction by [NAME]. |  |  | Grush, Byron. | Contemporary Books, | c1981. | 6 | 0
TR897.5 .H3 1968 | Technique of film animation, written and compiled by [NAME] and [NAME]. |  |  | Halas, [NAME]. | Hastings House | [1968] | 3 | 1
TR897.5 .H34 1976 | Technique of film animation, written and compiled by [NAME] and [NAME]. |  |  | Halas, [NAME]. | Hastings House | [1976] | 12 | 2
TR897.5 .H66 2003 | Acting for animators : a complete guide to performance animation / [NAME] ; foreword by [NAME] ; illustrations by [NAME]. |  |  | Hooks, [NAME]. | Heinemann, | c2003. | 3 | 3
TR897.5 .K73 2004 | Motion graphic design & fine art animation : principles and practice / [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME] | Elsevier/Focal Press, | c2004. | 1 | 1
TR897.5 .L67 2004 | Creating 3-D animation : the Aardman book of filmmaking / [NAME] ; foreword by [NAME]. |  |  | Lord, [NAME], 1953- | [NAME], | 2004. | 0 | 2
TR897.5 .M55 2006 | Animation producer's handbook / [NAME], [NAME]. |  |  | Milic, [NAME]. | Open University Press : McGraw Hill Education, | 2006. | 1 | 1
TR897.5 .N6 1988 | Animation : a guide to animated film techniques / [NAME]. |  |  | Noake, [NAME]. | [NAME], | 1988. | 16 | 6
TR897.5 .P47 | Animation stand / Zoran Perisic. |  |  | Perisic, [NAME]. | [NAME], | c1976. | 6 | 3
TR897.5 .R63 2004 | Character animation in 3D : use traditional drawing techniques to produce stunning CGI animation / [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME], 1941- | Elsevier, | 2004. | 0 | 1
TR897.5 .R8 1984 | Animation, the art and the industry / [NAME] ; illustrated by [NAME] and [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME]. | Prentice-Hall, | c1984. | 7 | 1
TR897.5 .S54 2003 | Producing independent 2D character animation : making and selling a short film / [NAME] ; with a foreword by [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME], 1964- | Focal Press, | c2003. | 1 | 4
TR897.5 .W43 2005 | Animation : the mechanics of motion / [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME]. | Elsevier Focal Press, | 2005. | 0 | 3
TR897.5 .W45 1986 | Computer animation / Neal Weinstock. |  |  | Weinstock, [NAME]. | Addison-Wesley Pub. Co., | c1986. | 16 | 2
TR897.5 .W547 | Timing for animation / [NAME] and [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME]. | Focal Press, | 1981. | 5 | 0
TR 897.7 .M34 1999 | Digital character animation 2 / [NAME]. | v.1 |  | Maestri, [NAME], 1960- | New Riders, | c1999-c2002. | 6 | 5
TR 897.7 .M34 1999 | Digital character animation 2 / [NAME]. | v.2 |  | Maestri, [NAME], 1960- | New Riders, | c1999-c2002. | 2 | 2
TR 897.7 .R38 1998 | 3-D human modeling and animation / illustrations and text by [NAME]. |  |  | Ratner, [NAME]. | [NAME], | c1998. | 2 | 1
TR 897.7 .V56 2000 | Essential computer animation fast : how to understand the techniques and potential of computer animation / [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME] ([NAME]) | Springer, | c2000. | 0 | 1
TR897.7 .F47 2002 | Macromedia Flash animation & cartooning : a creative guide / Ibis Fernandez. |  |  | Fernandez, Ibis. | McGraw-Hill/Osborne, | 2002. | 3 | 2
TR897.7 .K357 2006 | Animating facial features & expressions / [NAME]. |  |  | Kalwick, [NAME] | Charles River Media, | c2006. | 0 | 1
TR897.7 .K874 2002 | Guide to computer animation : for TV, games, multimedia and web / [NAME] with contributions from [NAME], [NAME], [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME]. | Focal, | c2002. | 1 | 3
TR897.7 .M34 2006 | Digital character animation 3 / [NAME]. |  |  | Maestri, [NAME], 1960- | New Riders ; Pearson Education [distributor], | 2006. | 0 | 1
TR897.7 .O76 2003 | Principles of three-dimensional computer animation : modeling, rendering, and animating with 3D computer graphics / [NAME]. |  |  | O'Rourke, [NAME]. | Norton, | c2003. | 1 | 2
TR897.7 .O85 2003 | Stop staring! : facial modeling and animation done right / [NAME]. |  |  | Osipa, Jason. | SYBEX, | 2003. | 0 | 1
TR897.7 .P337 2007 | Game character animation all in one / Les Pardew. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME]. | Thomson Course Technology, | c2007. | 0 | 1
TR897.7 .W327 1999 | Animation on the Web / Sean Wagstaff. |  |  | Wagstaff, Sean. | Peachpit Press, | c1999. | 0 | 2
TR897.7 .W45 2002 | Blue sky : the art of computer animation : featuring Ice Age and Bunny / [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME]. | [NAME], | 2002. | 1 | 2
TR897.7 .W55 2006 | Animation from pencils to pixels : classical techniques for the digital animator / [NAME]. |  |  | White, [NAME], 1947- | Focal, | 2006. | 1 | 1
TR897.7 .W66 2004 | Motion design : moving graphics for television, music video, cinema, and digital interfaces / [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME]. | RotoVision SA, | c2004. | 2 | 1
[NAME] .E53 | Filming for television / [NAME], [NAME] ; preface by [NAME]. |  |  | Englander, [NAME]. | [NAME], | 1976. | 0 | 0
[NAME] .E95 | Don't look at the camera! Shortcuts to television photography & filmmaking, by [NAME], in collaboration with [NAME]) Abolin. |  |  | Ewing, [NAME]. | TAB Books | [1973] | 0 | 0
TR898 .R6 | Television film engineering [by] [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME] | Willey | [1966] | 0 | 0
TR 899 .C65 | Computer animation, by [NAME] [and others] Edited by [NAME]. |  |  |  | Hastings House | [1973] | 5 | 2
TR 899 .H66 1993 | QuickTime : making movies with your Macintosh / [NAME]. |  |  | Hone, [NAME]. | Prima Pub., | c1993. | 7 | 1
TR 899 .I57 1993 | Inside Macintosh QuickTime / [by Apple Computer, Inc.]. |  |  |  | Addison-Wesley, | c1993. | 2 | 0
TR 899 .I58 1993 | [NAME]. QuickTime components / [by Apple Computer, Inc.]. |  |  |  | Addison-Wesley Pub. Co., | c1993. | 1 | 1
TR 899 .O42 1993 | Digital nonlinear editing : new approaches to editing film and video / [NAME]. |  |  | Ohanian, [NAME] | Focal Press, | c1993. | 5 | 3
TR 899 .P66 1999 | Digital producer : getting it done with computer-based tools / Curtis Poole, [NAME]. |  |  | Poole, Curtis, 1958- | Focal Press, | 1999. | 2 | 5
TR 899 .S36 1989 | Electronic post-production and videotape editing / [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME], 1930- | Focal Press, | c1989. | 2 | 0
TR899 .A57 1984 | Video editing and post-production : a professional guide / [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME] | Knowledge Industry Publications, | 1984. | 1 | 1
TR899 .A83 | Motion picture film editor, by [NAME]. |  |  | Ash, [NAME] | [NAME], | 1974. | 0 | 1
TR899 .B8 1988 | Technique of editing 16 mm films / [NAME]. |  |  | Burder, [NAME]. | Focal Press, | 1988. | 3 | 0
TR899 .C48 | Film editing handbook; technique of 16mm film cutting [by] [NAME]. |  |  | Churchill, [NAME] | Wadsworth Pub. Co. | [1972] | 0 | 0
TR899 .H64 1999 | Film editing room handbook : how to avoid the near-chaos of the cutting room / by [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME]. | [NAME], | c1999. | 0 | 1
TR899 .M48 | Technique of lighting for television and motion pictures. |  |  | Millerson, [NAME]. | Hastings House | [1972] | 1 | 1
TR899 .P465 2004 | Eye is quicker : film editing : making a good film better / [NAME]. |  |  | Pepperman, [NAME], 1942- | [NAME], | c2004. | 5 | 4
TR899 .R87 | Semiotics and lighting : a study of six modern French cameramen / by [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME], 1941- | UMI Research Press, | c1981. | 0 | 0
TR899 .T73 2002 | Transitions : voices on the craft of digital editing / [NAME] ... [et [NAME].]. |  |  |  | Friendsof ED, | 2002. | 0 | 2
TR899 .W35 1973 | Technique of the film cutting room. |  |  | Walter, [NAME]. | Communication Arts Books | [1973] | 0 | 0
TR899 .W444 1985 | Post production process / written and edited by [NAME] ; contributing author, [NAME]. |  |  | Weynand, [NAME]. | Weynand Associates, | c1985. | 1 | 1
TR905 .S3 | Choosing an enlarger for the graphic arts / by [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME], 1905- | Photographic Textbook Pub. Co., | 1966. | 0 | 0
TR925 .B33 | How to publish and print photomechanically, by [NAME] and [NAME]. |  |  | Beattie, [NAME]. | North American Pub. Co., | 1967. | 0 | 0
TR925 .M4 | Photomechanics and printing; practical information on platemaking and presswork by recognized procedures [by] [NAME] [and] [NAME]. |  |  | Mertle, [NAME] ([NAME]), 1899- | [NAME]. Co., | l957. | 0 | 0
TR925 .P4 | Penrose annual. | yr.1965 |  |  | Visual Communication Books, Hastings House] |  | 0 | 1
TR925 .P4 | Penrose annual. | yr.1967 |  |  | Visual Communication Books, Hastings House] |  | 0 | 0
TR925 .P4 | Penrose annual. | yr.1968 |  |  | Visual Communication Books, Hastings House] |  | 0 | 0
TR925 .P4 | Penrose annual. | [NAME] |  |  | Visual Communication Books, Hastings House] |  | 0 | 0
TR925 .P4 | Penrose annual. | yr.1970 |  |  | Visual Communication Books, Hastings House] |  | 0 | 0
TR925 .P4 | Penrose annual. | yr.1971 |  |  | Visual Communication Books, Hastings House] |  | 0 | 0
TR925 .P4 | Penrose annual. | yr.1976 |  |  | Northwood Publications Ltd., | 1976. | 1 | 0
TR925 .P4 | Penrose graphic arts international annual. | yr.1972 |  |  | [NAME], | 1972-1975. | 0 | 0
TR925 .P4 | Penrose graphic arts international annual. | yr.1973 |  |  | [NAME], | 1972-1975. | 0 | 0
TR925 .P4 | Penrose graphic arts international annual. | yr.1974 |  |  | [NAME], | 1972-1975. | 0 | 0
TR925 .P4 | Penrose graphic arts international annual. | yr.1975 |  |  | [NAME], | 1972-1975. | 0 | 0
TR925 .P4 | Penrose. | yr.1977/78 |  |  | Northwood Publications [etc.] |  | 0 | 0
TR925 .P4 | Penrose. | yr.1978/79 |  |  | Northwood Publications [etc.] |  | 1 | 0
TR925 .P4 | Penrose. | yr.1980 |  |  | Northwood Publications [etc.] |  | 1 | 0
TR925 .W67 2003 | Photo art : in-camera, darkroom, digital, mixed media / [NAME] and [NAME]. |  |  | Worobiec, [NAME]. | [NAME], | 2003. | 5 | 2
TR925 J3 1966 | Better line and halftone photograpy for graphic reproduction plants; an advanced manual on practical considerations, with some theory, for good quality line photography and a discussion of a halftone system tailored to duplicator needs. |  |  | [NAME], D. | Scott blueprint co., | 1966. | 0 | 0
TR927 .H3 | Photocopying from bound volumes; a study of machines, methods, and materials. |  |  | Hawken, [NAME] | Library Technology Project, American Library Association | [1962] | 0 | 0
TR940 .C63 | Everything to know about photo offset, by [NAME]. |  |  | Cogoli, [NAME] | North American Pub. Co., | 1973] | 2 | 0
TR940 .H28 | Offset stripping, black-and-white. |  |  | Halpern, [NAME] | Lithographic Technical Foundation | [1958] | 1 | 0
TR940 .I57 | Introduction to microlithography : theory, materials, and processing / [NAME], editor, [NAME], editor, M.J. Bowden, editor ; based on a workshop sponsored by the ACS Division of Organic Coatings and Plastics Chemistry at the 185th Meeting of |  |  |  | The Society, | 1983. | 0 | 0
TR940 .L32 1964 | Photo composing; with an introduction to punch & pin register systems, by [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME] | Graphic Arts Technical Foundation | [1964] | 0 | 0
TR940 .L34 | Survey of lithography. |  |  | Latimer, [NAME] | Lithographic Technical Foundation | [1955, c1954] | 1 | 0
TR940 .R6 | Line photography for the lithographic process, rev. by [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME]. | Lithographic Technical Foundation | [c1948] | 0 | 0
TR940 .S27 1983 | Photographing for publication / [NAME]. |  |  | Sanders, [NAME], 1927- | Bowker, | c1983. | 1 | 3
TR940 .S47 1968 | Lithographers manual. |  |  | Shapiro, [NAME], 1907- | Graphic Arts Technical Foundation | [c1968] | 0 | 1
TR940 R4 1957 | Offset platemaking: surface. |  |  | Reed, [NAME], 1890- | Lithographic Technical Foundation | [1957] | 1 | 0
TR940 S3 1967 | Photography and platemaking for photo-lithography / by [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME] | Lithographic textbook pub. co. | [c1967] | 1 | 0
TR970 .C35 | Mechanical color separation skills for the commercial artist / [NAME] ; illustrated by the author. |  |  | Cardamone, [NAME]. | [NAME], | c1980. | 3 | 0
TR970 .W34 | Letterpress platemaking, by [NAME] and [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME]. | Pergamon Press | [1969] | 1 | 0
TR975 .B634 1974 | Handbook for color printing, by [NAME]. Designed by [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME] | North American Pub. Co., | [NAME]. | 1 | 0
TR975 .J3 1960 | Halftone photography for offset litography. |  |  | Jaffe, [NAME]. | Lithographic Technical Foundation | [1960] | 0 | 0
TR975 .N6 | Handbook of modern halftone photography, with complete concepts & practices. |  |  | Noemer, [NAME]. | Perfect-Graphic-Arts Supply Co. | [1965] | 0 | 1
TR977 .S67 | Color separation techniques. |  |  | Southworth, [NAME] | North American | [c1974] | 4 | 1
TR977 .Y8 | Principles of color reproduction, applied to photomechanical reproduction, color photography, and the ink, paper, and other related industries [by] [NAME]. |  |  | Yule, [NAME] | [NAME] | [1967] | 3 | 2
TR980 .C32 | Rotogravure; a survey of European and American methods, by [NAME] and [NAME]. |  |  | Cartwright, [NAME]. | [NAME]. Co. | [1956] | 0 | 0
TR1010 .B78 | Phototypography and graphic arts dimension control photography. |  |  | Bruyninckx, Jozef. | Ad Compositors, | c1969] | 0 | 0
TR1010 .K54 | Understanding phototypesetting / written and illustrated by [NAME]. |  |  | Kleper, [NAME] | North American Publishing Co., | 1976. | 0 | 1
[NAME] | "Kirlian" electrophotography, data package A. / [compiled by [NAME], with contributions by [NAME] and [NAME]. -- |  |  | [NAME], [NAME]. | Mankind Research Unlimited, | [1974, c1973] | 0 | 0
TR 1045 .S34 1988 | Electrophotography and development physics / [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME] ([NAME]), 1944- | Springer, | c1988. | 0 | 0
TR4399 .O35 [NAME] 1988 | Lighting the workplace / by the editors of PBC International. |  |  |  | PBC International : Distributor to the book trade in the U.S. and Canada, Rizzoli International Publications, | c1988. | 0 | 2
TT6 .U6 W37 1975 | Craft multiples. |  |  | [NAME]. | Published for the Renwick Gallery of the National Collection of Fine Arts by the Smithsonian Institution Press ; for sale by the [NAME]. of Docs., U.S. | 1975. | 0 | 0
[NAME] 2007 | Jewelrymaking through history : an encyclopedia / [NAME], Jr. |  |  | Hesse, [NAME] | Greenwood Press, | 2007. | 0 | 1
TT 22 .M56 1978 | American Indian craft book / Marz and Nono Minor ; ill. and photos. by the authors. |  |  | Minor, [NAME]. | University of Nebraska Press, | 1978, c1972. | 3 | 2
TT22 .N67 1974 | Book of authentic Indian life crafts / by [NAME] ; illustrated by [NAME]. |  |  | Norbeck, [NAME] | Galloway Corp., | 1974. | 7 | 0
TT23 .D5 1983 | Handmade in America : conversations with fourteen craftmasters / by [NAME]. |  |  | Diamonstein, [NAME]. | Abrams, | 1983. | 0 | 0
TT23 .N37 1975 | Craftsman in America / prepared by the Special Publications Division, National Geographic Society, Washington, D.C. |  |  | National Geographic Society (U.S.). Special Publications Division | The Society, | [1975] | 1 | 1
TT23 .P47 | How to make whirligigs and whimmy diddles and other American folkcraft objects, by Florence H. Pettit. Illustrated by [NAME]. |  |  | Pettit, [NAME]. | [NAME] | [1972] | 0 | 1
TT23.5 .A76 1987 | By Southern hands : a celebration of craft traditions in the South / Jan Arnow. |  |  | Arnow, Jan, 1947- | Oxmoor House, | c1987. | 0 | 0
TT 24 .N4 [NAME] 1997 | Deeply rooted : New Hampshire traditions in wood / [NAME] and [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME]. | distributed for The Art Gallery and the Center for the Humanities, University of New Hampshire, by the University Press of New England, | c1997. | 0 | 3
TT26 .C72 | Craftsman's way : Canadian expressions / introduction by [NAME] ; interviews and photographs by [NAME]. |  |  |  | University of Toronto Press, | 1981. | 4 | 2
TT28 .H374 1987 | Mexican crafts and craftspeople / [NAME] ; photographs by [NAME]. |  |  | Harvey, Marian. | Art Alliance Press ; Cornwall Books, | c1987. | 4 | 5
TT57 .A72 | Shell book of country crafts. Text and drawings by [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME]. | Hastings House | [1969] | 2 | 1
TT59 .I74 1984b | Ireland's traditional crafts / edited by [NAME] ; photographs by [NAME] ; drawings by [NAME]. |  |  |  | Thames and Hudson, | 1984. | 2 | 2
TT89 .N9513 | Swedish handcraft / by [NAME] ; translated by [NAME]. |  |  | NyleÌn, [NAME], 1912- | [NAME], | 1977. | 2 | 4
[NAME] | Japanese crafts / [NAME] ; photographs by [NAME] ; research assistant, [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME] | [NAME], | c1983. | 2 | 3
TT 117 .A4413 1991 | Crafts of Egypt / [NAME] ; photography [NAME]. |  |  | Ammoun, [NAME]. | American University in Cairo Press, | c1991. | 6 | 0
TT119.N54 F34 | Living arts of Nigeria. Edited by [NAME]. Photos. by Peccinotti. Illustrated by [NAME]. |  |  | Fagg, [NAME]. | Macmillan | [1972, c1971] | 2 | 1
TT119.W4 G313 | African crafts and craftsmen. English translation by Sigrid MacRae. |  |  | Gardi, ReneÌ. | Van Nostrand Reinhold Co. | [1970, c1969] | 0 | 1
[NAME] | In my own fashion : an autobiography / Oleg Cassini. |  |  | Cassini, Oleg, 1913- | [NAME] and [NAME], | c1987. | 1 | 0
TT140.K73 [NAME] 1983 | Cabinetmaker's notebook / [NAME]. |  |  | Krenov, [NAME]. | Van Nostrand Reinhold Co., | 1983, c1976. | 9 | 3
TT144 .M93 1970 | [NAME] exercises; or, The doctrine of handy-works, applied to the arts of smithing, joinery, carpentry, turning, bricklaying, to which is added, [NAME] dyalling: shewing how to draw a true sun-dyal on any given plane, however scituated; only with th |  |  | Moxon, [NAME], 1627-1700. | Praeger | [1970] | 1 | 0
TT145 .H77 | Art in craftmaking: basic methods and materials [by] [NAME]. |  |  | Howlett, [NAME], 1914- | [NAME] Reinhold | [1974] | 2 | 1
TT145 .I5 | In praise of hands: contemporary crafts of the world. Essay by [NAME]. [NAME] by [NAME]. |  |  |  | New York Graphic Society | [1974] | 0 | 4
TT145 .S49 1984 | Forgotten crafts / [NAME]. |  |  | Seymour, [NAME], 1914- | Knopf : Distributed by Random House, | 1984. | 4 | 5
TT145 .V613 | Reinhold craft and hobby book. Translated by [NAME]. |  |  | Voss, GuÌˆnther. | [NAME]. Corp. | [c1963] | 2 | 0
[NAME] .J43 1985 | Profitable crafts marketing : a complete guide to successful selling / [NAME]. |  |  | Jefferson, [NAME] | Timber Press, | 1985. | 0 | 0
TT 150 .G53 1977 | Course construction in industrial arts, vocational and technical education / [NAME], [NAME]. |  |  | Giachino, [NAME], 1906- | American Technical Society, | c1977. | 0 | 0
TT150 .D38 1989 | Crafts : a basic survey / [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME]. | [NAME], | c1989. | 2 | 7
TT153 .A24 | Sensuous gadgeteer : bringing tools and materials to life / by [NAME]. |  |  | Abler, [NAME]. | Running Press, | 1973. | 2 | 1
TT153 .B6 | Country craft tools [by] [NAME]. Drawings and photos. by the author. |  |  | Blandford, [NAME] | Gale Research Co. | [1974] | 4 | 1
TT153 .M25 | Complete book of home workshops [by] [NAME]. |  |  | Manners, [NAME], 1912- | Popular Science Pub. Co. | [1969] | 1 | 0
TT 153.5 .D39 1998 | Popular science complete book of power tools / by R.J. de Cristoforo. |  |  | DeCristoforo, [NAME] | Black Dog & Leventhal Publishers : Distributed by [NAME]., | 1998. | 0 | 2
TT153.7 .H36 | Handtools of arts and crafts : the encyclopedia of the fine, decorative, and applied arts / the Diagram Group. |  |  |  | St. Martin's Press, | c1981. | 1 | 1
TT153.7 .S27 1987 | [NAME] for art and craft materials / [NAME] ; new illustrations by [NAME]. |  |  | Sattler, [NAME]. | Lothrop, Lee & Shepard, | c1987. | 0 | 1
TT154 .H58 | Architectural and interior models, design and construction ... |  |  | Hohauser, [NAME], 1933- | [NAME] Reinhold | [1970] | 1 | 1
TT154 .S3473 | [NAME]'s manual : trains, planes, ships, military vehicles, cars, rockets / [NAME]. |  |  | Schleicher, [NAME] | Chilton Book Co., | c1981. | 2 | 2
TT 155 .H35 | Easy-to-make outdoor play equipment. |  |  | Hawkins, [NAME], 1902- | Macmillian, | 1957. | 0 | 0
TT 155 .K38 1985 | How to : 1400 best books on doing almost everything / [NAME] and [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME], 1924- | R.R. Bowker, | 1985. | 0 | 0
TT155 .W3 | Home workshop manual; how to make furniture, ship and airplane models, radio sets, toys, novelities, [NAME] and garden conveniences, sporting equipment--woodworking methods--use and care of tools--wood turning and are metal work--painting and decorating, ed |  |  | Wakeling, [NAME], | Popular science publishing co., inc. | [c1930] | 0 | 1
[NAME] .B379 | Arts and crafts for home, school, and community / [NAME] and [NAME], with [NAME]. |  |  | Benson, [NAME] | Mosby, | 1975. | 3 | 0
TT157 .B38 | Creative nature crafts [by] [NAME] [and] [NAME]. [NAME], illustrator. |  |  | Benson, [NAME] | Prentice-Hall | [c1968] | 1 | 1
[NAME] .B68 | Book of crafts, edited by [NAME]. |  |  | Pluckrose, [NAME]. | H. Regnery Co. | [1971] | 0 | 0
[NAME] .C73 | Making gifts from oddments & outdoor materials, by [NAME]. |  |  | Creekmore, Betsey Beeler. | Hearthside Press | [1970] | 1 | 0
[NAME] .D35 | Adventures in scrap craft, written and illustrated by [NAME] ... |  |  | [NAME], [NAME]. | Greenberg, | [c1946] | 0 | 0
[NAME] .D39 | Crafts from the countryside / [NAME] ; [line illustration by [NAME] ; photography by [NAME]]. |  |  | De Menezes, [NAME]. | Laroussse, | c1981. | 9 | 5
TT157 .D48 | Novelties / by [NAME] and [NAME]. |  |  | Devereaux, E. E. | Devereaux, | c1967. | 1 | 1
TT157 .E66 | Nature crafts. |  |  | Epple, [NAME]. | Chilton Book Co. | [1974] | 3 | 0
[NAME] .G67 | How to make shapes in space; a recreational craft book with instructions, diagrams, and photographs for making three-dimensional greeting cards, posters, garlands, masks, ornaments, toys, and decorations of all kinds [by] [NAME] [pseud. |  |  | Hughes, [NAME], 1907- | Dutton, | [c1955]. | 2 | 0
TT157 .H28 | Home crafts handbook. |  |  | Haines, [NAME], | D. Van Nostrand Co. | [c1948] | 1 | 0
TT157 .H45 1964 | It's fun to make things from scrap materials. Illustrated by the author. |  |  | Hershoff, [NAME]. | Dover Publications | [1964, c1944] | 0 | 3
[NAME] .H47 | Creative crafts. |  |  | Hils, [NAME]. | [NAME]; [NAME]. Corp. | [1966, c1965] | 0 | 1
[NAME] .I24 1965 | Book of arts and crafts [by] Marguerite Ickis and Reba [NAME]. |  |  | Ickis, Marguerite, 1897- | Dover Publications | [1965, c1954] | 1 | 2
TT157 .J24 | Nature crafts. |  |  | Jaeger, [NAME]. | Macmillan, | [c1950]. | 1 | 2
TT157 .J63 1964 | Book of country crafts; on working with wood, clay, metals, stone, and color, with many new recipes and secrets of the crafts. |  |  | Johnston, [NAME], 1904- | Barnes | [c1964] | 1 | 0
[NAME] .K38 | Crafts for the very disabled and handicapped : for all ages / by [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME] | [NAME], | c1977. | 4 | 1
[NAME] .P4 | Crafts for fun; with photographs by [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME]. | [NAME] and Company, | 1940. | 0 | 1
TT157 .P68 | Creative crafts for today; a source book of materials and activities, with illus. by the author. |  |  | Portchmouth, [NAME]. | Viking Press | [1970, c1969] | 1 | 0
[NAME] .S348 | Toys for fun and how to make them, by [NAME]. |  |  | Schutz, [NAME] | [NAME]. Co. | [c1966] | 1 | 2
[NAME] .W58 1964 | Crafts & hobbies. |  |  | Winter, [NAME], | Arco Pub. Co. | [1964,c1962] | 0 | 3
TT157 .Y58 | Woodstock craftsman's manual. Provoked by [NAME]. |  |  | Young, [NAME]. | Praeger | [1972] | 0 | 0
TT160 .B32 | Creative nature crafts. |  |  | Bale, [NAME] | Burgess Pub. Co. | [1970,1959] | 1 | 1
TT160 .H27 1935 | Home handicraft for boys; learning through doing, by [NAME]...with over four hundred photographs and working dawings by the author. |  |  | Hall, [NAME], 1883- | [NAME] company, | [c1935] | 1 | 1
TT160 .H35 | Creative crafts for campers, by [NAME] and [NAME]. Illus. by [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME]. | Association Press | [1957] | 0 | 0
TT160 .W5735 | Making things; the hand book of creative discovery. Book 2. |  |  | Wiseman, [NAME] | Little, [NAME] | [1975] | 2 | 1
TT165 .L5 1977 | General industry / [NAME] and [NAME] ; [[NAME], [NAME].]. |  |  | Lindbeck, [NAME]. | [NAME], | c1977. | 1 | 0
TT165 .R64 | Introducing constructional art [by] [NAME] and [NAME]. |  |  | Rogers, [NAME]. | [NAME]; Watson-Guptill Publications | [1970] | 1 | 1
TT 166 .G7 W55 1990 | Teaching craft, design, and technology, five to thirteen / [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME] | Routledge, | 1990. | 1 | 0
TT168 .L47 | Practical guide to industrial arts education [by] [NAME]. |  |  | Lindbeck, [NAME]. | Center for Applied Research in Education | [1972] | 1 | 1
TT169 .M3 | Industrial arts builds the skills in people that America needs / by [NAME]. |  |  | Maley, [NAME], 1918- | American Council on Industrial Arts Teacher Education, | [1979]. | 0 | 0
[NAME] 1975 | Accident prevention manual for training programs / edited by [NAME]. |  |  |  | American Technical Society, | c1975. | 1 | 0
[NAME] .G6 | Occupational safety and health program guidelines for colleges and universities : an administrative resource manual / [NAME], [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME] | U.S. Dept. of Health, Education, and Welfare, Public Health Service, Center for Disease Control, National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health | 1978. | 1 | 1
TT174 .S9 | Home-made baby toys / [NAME] ; drawing and design by [NAME] ; photographs by [NAME]. |  |  | Swan, Sara. | [NAME], | 1977. | 1 | 1
TT174.3 .R67 | Art of making cloth toys. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME], 1945- | Chilton Book Co. | [1974] | 0 | 1
TT174.5.P3 G7 1983 | Make it in paper : creative three-dimensional paper projects / [NAME] ; illustrated by the author. |  |  | Grater, [NAME], 1923- | Dover Publications, | 1983, c1961. | 2 | 2
TT174.5.W6 F54 | Making wooden toys [by] [NAME]. |  |  | Fletcher, [NAME] | Batsford; [NAME], | 1972. | 0 | 2
TT174.7 .C8716 1999 | Puppets and puppet theatre / [NAME]. |  |  | Currell, [NAME]. | Crowood Press, | 1999. | 1 | 1
TT174.7 .F57 1983 | Puppets, methods and materials / Cedric Flower & [NAME]. |  |  | Flower, [NAME]. | Davis Publications, | c1983. | 8 | 5
TT174.7 .H87 | Making and using finger puppets, with illus. by the author. Photography by [NAME]. |  |  | Hutchings, [NAME]. | Mills & Boon; [NAME]. Co. | [1973] | 2 | 0
TT174.7 .M64 | Making puppets and puppet theatres. |  |  | Moloney, [NAME]. | Fell | [1973] | 6 | 2
TT174.7 .R66 | Scrap puppets : how to make and move them / by [NAME] ; illustrated by [NAME], Jr. ; photos. by [NAME] |  |  | [NAME], [NAME]. | Holt, [NAME], and Winston, | c1978. | 3 | 2
TT174.7 .R67 | Art of making puppets & marionettes / [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME], 1945- | Chilton Book Co., | [1975] | 3 | 2
TT178 .J46 | Buildings in miniature / [NAME] ; photographs by [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME]. | Chilton Book Co., | c1982. | 3 | 0
TT 180 .G73 1982 | General woodworking / [NAME]. |  |  | Groneman, [NAME], 1906- | Webster Division, McGraw-Hill, | c1982. | 0 | 1
TT 180 .H62 1990 | Identifying wood : accurate results with simple tools / [NAME]. |  |  | Hoadley, [NAME], 1933- | Taunton Press, | c1990. | 9 | 0
TT 180 .M59 1991 | Modern woodworking techniques. |  |  |  | Taunton Press, | c1991. | 14 | 1
TT 180 .W28 1989 | Woodworking / by [NAME]. |  |  | Wagner, [NAME] | Goodheart-Willcox Co., | c1989. | 6 | 0
TT180 .B62 1987 | Master handbook of woodworking techniques and projects / by [NAME]. |  |  | Blandford, [NAME] | TAB Books, | 1987. | 3 | 4
TT180 .B74 | Designs in wood [by] [NAME] and [NAME]. |  |  | Bridge, [NAME]. | Praeger | [1969] | 3 | 1
TT180 .C35 1989 | Complete guide to professional woodworking : including projects and schematics / [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME]. | Prentice Hall, | c1989. | 5 | 0
TT180 .C47 | Craftsman woodturner. |  |  | Child, [NAME]. | [NAME], | c1971. | 1 | 0
TT180 .C6 | Woodworking factbook; basic information on wood for wood carvers, home workshop craftsmen, tradesmen, and instructors, by [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME] | [NAME] | [1966] | 1 | 0
TT180 .D328 | Build your own wood toys, gifts & furniture / [NAME]. |  |  | DeCristoforo, [NAME] | Popular Science Books : Van Nostrand Reinhold, | c1981. | 3 | 0
TT180 .D34 | Woodworking techniques : joints and their applications / [NAME]. |  |  | DeCristoforo, [NAME] | Reston Pub. Co., | c1979. | 5 | 2
TT180 .F562 | Fine woodworking techniques 2 / selected by the editors of Fine woodworking magazine. |  |  |  | Taunton Press, | c1980. | 5 | 4
TT180 .H34 | Modern woodworking / Jackson Hand. |  |  | Hand, [NAME]. | Reston Pub. Co., | [1975] | 1 | 1
TT180 .H4 1975 | Woodwork joints / [NAME]. |  |  | Hayward, [NAME], 1898- | Evans Bros., | 1975. | 2 | 0
TT180 .H58 1966 | Operation of modern woodworking machines [by] [NAME] [and] [NAME]. |  |  | Hjorth, Herman, 1883-1951. | [NAME]. Co. | [1966] | 0 | 1
TT180 .H59 2000 | Understanding wood : a craftsman's guide to wood technology / [NAME]. |  |  | Hoadley, [NAME]. | Taunton Press ; Publishers Group West [distributor], | c2000. | 1 | 2
TT180 .L427 1987 | Advanced woodworking projects / [NAME]. |  |  | Lento, [NAME], 1933- | Prentice-Hall, | c1987. | 4 | 4
TT180 .M384 | Woodworking, the new wave : modern design trends in furniture, sculpture, and objects, with artist interviews / by [NAME]. |  |  | Meilach, [NAME] | [NAME], | c1981. | 4 | 0
TT180 .N8 | Handwork in wood, by [NAME]. |  |  | Noyes, [NAME], 1862-1928. | Manual Arts Press | [c1910] | 1 | 2
TT180 .S45 2003 | Wood : the world of woodwork and carving / [NAME]. |  |  | Sentance, [NAME]. | Thames & Hudson, | 2003. | 0 | 1
TT180 .S635 1989 | Woodworker's illustrated benchtop reference / [NAME] and [NAME]. |  |  | Spence, [NAME], 1925- | TAB Books, | 1989. | 13 | 5
TT180 .U467 | Woodwright's companion : exploring traditional woodcraft / [NAME]. |  |  | Underhill, [NAME]. | University of North Carolina Press, | c1983. | 7 | 7
TT180 .W58 | Woodworking made easy; a complete handbook on woodworking fundamentals for both the amateur and professional craftsman, by [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME] | [NAME] | [1972] | 0 | 0
TT 185 .G76613 1992 | Encyclopedia of wood joints / [NAME]. |  |  | Graubner, Wolfram. | Taunton Press, | c1992. | 14 | 8
TT 185 .S65 | Working green wood with PEG / [NAME]. |  |  | Spielman, [NAME] | Sterling Pub. Co. ; Oak Tree Press Co., | c1980. | 13 | 2
TT185 .A34 | Toolchest. Written, designed, and illustrated by [NAME]. [NAME] in residence, [NAME]. |  |  | Adkins, Jan. | Walker | [1973] | 2 | 1
TT185 .B38 1980 | Old ways of working wood / by [NAME] ; illustrated by the author. |  |  | Bealer, [NAME] | [NAME]. Co. ; distributed by Crown Publishers, | c1980. | 4 | 1
TT185 .C82 | Woodwork visualized. |  |  | Cramlet, [NAME] | [NAME] | [c1950] | 2 | 2
TT185 .F75 1963 | General shop woodworking [by] [NAME] [and] Armand J. La Berge. |  |  | Fryklund, [NAME] ([NAME]), 1896- |  | McKnight & McKnight Pub. | 1 | 0
TT185 .G7 | Bench work in wood: a course of study and practice designed for the use of schools and colleges, by [NAME]. |  |  | Goss, [NAME], 1859- | Ginn & company, | 1899. | 0 | 0
TT185 .H3915 1972 | Complete book of woodwork [by] [NAME]. |  |  | Hayward, [NAME], 1898- | Drake Publishers | [1972, c1959] | 1 | 0
TT185 .H64 1961 | Basic woodworking processes. Rev. by [NAME]. |  |  | Hjorth, Herman, 1883-1951. | [NAME]. Co. | [1961] | 2 | 1
TT185 .H65 1946 | Principles of woodworking. |  |  | Hjorth, Herman, 1883-1951. | [NAME]. Co. | [1947, c1946] | 1 | 0
TT185 .H66 1961 | Principles of woodworking / [NAME] and [NAME]. |  |  | Holtrop, [NAME] | [NAME], | c1961. | 1 | 0
TT185 .L26 1987 | Green woodworking : handcrafting wood from log to finished product / by [NAME] ; photos and illustrations by the author. |  |  | Langsner, [NAME]. | Rodale Press, | 1987. | 13 | 4
TT185 .M35 | Creative light wood carving / [NAME]. |  |  | Matthews, [NAME], 1933- | [NAME], | [c1968, 1972]. | 3 | 1
TT185 .P38 | Making toys with plywood. |  |  | Petersen, Grete. | Reinhold | [1967] | 1 | 0
TT185 .S17 | Teacher's hand-book of sloÌˆjd, as practised and taught at NaÌˆaÌˆs; containing explanations and details of each exercise ... By [NAME]. Assisted by [NAME] and [NAME]. Tr. and adapted for English teachers, by [NAME] and Wi |  |  | Salomon, [NAME], 1849-1907. | Silver, Burdett & Company, | 1900. | 1 | 1
TT185 .S73 | Art of making wooden toys. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME], 1941- | Chilton Book Co. | [1971] | 1 | 1
TT185 .U53 1986 | Woodwright's workbook / [NAME] ; [original drawings by Kimberly Wagner]. |  |  | Underhill, [NAME]. | University of North Carolina Press, | c1986. | 9 | 5
TT185 .W32 2004 | Modern woodworking : tools, materials, and processes / by [NAME], [NAME]. |  |  | Wagner, [NAME] | Goodheart-Willcox, | c2004. | 0 | 1
TT 186 .B52 1992 | Illustrated encyclopedia of woodworking handtools, instruments & devices : containing a full description of the tools used by carpenters, joiners, and cabinetmakers ... / written and illustrated by [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME], 1940- | Globe Pequot Press, | c1992. | 5 | 1
TT 186 .D85 1992 | Mastering woodworking machines / [NAME]. |  |  | Duginske, [NAME]. | Taunton Press, | c1992. | 6 | 1
TT 186 .L36 1985 | Japanese woodworking tools : selection, care, & use / [NAME] ; [edited by [NAME]]. |  |  | Lanz, [NAME]. | Sterling Pub. Co., | c1985. | 8 | 3
TT186 .B87 | Wood for wood-carvers and craftsmen; source, selection, cutting, treatment, drying of flitches, and guidance in their use [by] [NAME]. |  |  | Butler, [NAME] | [NAME] | [1974] | 6 | 1
TT186 .C55 1986 | Radial arm saw techniques / [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME] | Sterling Pub. Co., | c1986. | 0 | 1
TT186 .D38 1986 | Complete book of portable power tool techniques / by [NAME]. |  |  | DeCristoforo, [NAME] | Popular Science Books ; Distributed by Rodale Press, | c1986. | 2 | 1
TT186 .K4 | American woodworking tools / text by [NAME] ; photos. by [NAME]. |  |  | Kebabian, [NAME] | New York Graphic Society, | c1978. | 1 | 2
TT186 .N3365 2006 | Taunton's complete illustrated guide to jigs & fixtures / [NAME]. |  |  | Nagyszalanczy, [NAME]. | Taunton Press, | c2006. | 1 | 3
[NAME] .O33 1984 | Japanese woodworking tools : their tradition, spirit, and use / Toshio OÌ„date ; [photographs by [NAME], except where noted ; drawings by Toshio OÌ„date]. |  |  | OÌ„date, Toshio. | Taunton Press, | c1984. | 8 | 10
[NAME] | Dictionary of tools used in the woodworking and allied trades, c. 1700-1970 / R. A. Salaman ; foreword by [NAME]. |  |  | Salaman, [NAME] | Scribner, | c1975. | 0 | 1
TT186 .S4 | Complete handbook of woodworking tools and hardware / by [NAME]. |  |  | Self, [NAME] | TAB Books, | c1983. | 2 | 3
TT186 .S67 1986 | Scroll saw handbook / [NAME]. |  |  | Spielman, [NAME] | Sterling Pub. Co., | c1986. | 5 | 0
TT186 A42 | How to use woodworking tools effectively and safely / by [NAME]. |  |  | Albers, [NAME], 1902- | [NAME], | 1976. | 0 | 2
TT 190 .A95 | Bamboo, by [NAME] and [NAME]. Photos. by [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME]. | Walker/Weatherhill | [1970] | 2 | 3
TT191 .O24 1983 | Plywood projects illustrated / [NAME]. |  |  | Oberrecht, [NAME]. | [NAME]'s, | c1983. | 3 | 1
TT 194 .B46 1991 | Traditional furniture projects. |  |  |  | Taunton Press, | c1991. | 15 | 6
TT 194 .B47 1991 | Traditional woodworking techniques. |  |  |  | Taunton Press, | c1991. | 15 | 5
TT 194 .S75 1986 | Contemporary American woodworkers / [NAME]. |  |  | Stone, [NAME], 1954- | [NAME], | c1986. | 13 | 2
TT 194 .W37 1983 | Building a houseful of furniture : 43 plans with comments on design and construction / [NAME]. |  |  | Watts, [NAME]. | Taunton Press, | 1983. | 11 | 6
[NAME] .C37 | Wendell Castle book of wood lamination / Wendell Castle, [NAME] ; photos. by [NAME]. |  |  | Castle, Wendell, 1932- | [NAME], | 1980. | 14 | 4
[NAME] .D6 1967 | Projects in wood furniture [by] [NAME] [and] [NAME]. |  |  | Douglass, [NAME] ([NAME]). | McKnight & McKnight Pub. Co. | [1967] | 1 | 1
TT194 .D87 | Building free-form furniture / by [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME] | [NAME], | c1982. | 3 | 2
TT194 .J66 | Hand made object and its maker / by [NAME]. |  |  | Jones, [NAME]. | University of California, | 1975. | 3 | 2
[NAME] .M33 | Complete book of woodworking and cabinetmaking [by] Byron W. Maguire. |  |  | Maguire, [NAME], 1931- | [NAME]. Co. | [1974] | 2 | 1
TT194 .M335 1989 | European cabinet and furniture making / Byron [NAME]. |  |  | Maguire, [NAME], 1931- | Prentice Hall, | c1989. | 1 | 1
TT194 .M36 | Book of furniture making / Alf Martensson. |  |  | Martensson, Alf. | St. Martin's Press, | 1979. | 11 | 2
[NAME] .M4 | How to make furniture without tools / [NAME]. |  |  | Meadmore, Clement. | Pantheon Books, | [1975] | 3 | 0
[NAME] .W54 1975 | Furniture construction / [NAME]. |  |  | Willard, Rudolph, 1893- | Dept. of Industrial Engineering, North Carolina State University, | 1975. | 1 | 1
TT195 .A42 | Advanced furniture construction, by [NAME]. |  |  | Albers, [NAME], 1902- | [NAME] | [1972] | 0 | 2
TT195 .D86 1986 | Federal furniture / [NAME]. |  |  | Dunbar, [NAME]. | Taunton Press, | 1986. | 6 | 2
TT195 .E2 | Early American furniture-making handbook, by the staff of the Family handyman magazine. |  |  |  | [NAME] | [1972] | 4 | 0
TT195 .L96 1987 | Making country furniture / [NAME]. |  |  | Lyons, [NAME] | Prentice-Hall, | c1987. | 5 | 0
TT195 .M33 | Simple furniture making and refinishing / Byron [NAME]. |  |  | Maguire, [NAME], 1931- | Reston Pub. Co., | c1977. | 2 | 1
TT195 .M353 1975 | Construction of American furniture treasures : measured drawings of selected museum pieces with complete information on their construction and reproduction ... 38 full-page plates, 344 detail drawings and more than 40 photographs of the work of the most f |  |  | Margon, Lester. | Dover Publications, | 1975. | 3 | 4
TT195 .M36 1983 | Early American furnituremaker's manual / A.W. Marlow. |  |  | Marlow, [NAME] ([NAME]) | [NAME] and Day, | 1983, c1973. | 5 | 6
TT195 .M44 | Creating modern furniture : trends, techniques, appreciation / by [NAME] ; consultant, [NAME]. |  |  | Meilach, [NAME] | [NAME], | [1975] | 6 | 4
TT195 .M67 | How to build [NAME] furniture / Thos. Moser ; with measured drawings by [NAME]. |  |  | Moser, [NAME]. | Drake, | 1977. | 22 | 8
TT195 .N446 1986 | Colonial classics you can build today : plans and drawings for 80 authentic projects, all exact replicas of Early American antiques / [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME], 1935- | [NAME], | c1986. | 5 | 4
TT195 .R34 2001 | Complete illustrated guide to furniture & cabinet construction / [NAME]. |  |  | Rae, [NAME]. | Taunton Press, | c2001. | 3 | 3
TT195 .T39 1980 | Constructing modern furniture / [NAME] ; [diagrs. by [NAME]]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME] (Victor [NAME]). | Sterling Pub. Co., | 1980. | 3 | 2
TT 196 .P54 1990 | Furniture, modern & postmodern : design & technology / [NAME]. |  |  | Pile, [NAME] | Wiley, | c1990. | 8 | 8
TT196 .B47 2004 | [NAME] : the purpose of design / [NAME]. |  |  | Berry, [NAME] | Rizzoli, | 2004. | 0 | 1
TT196 .C5813 1984 | Encyclopedia of English period furniture designs / JoseÌ [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], JoseÌ. | Sterling Pub. Co., | c1984. | 5 | 3
TT196 .E48 | Furniture by architects : 500 international masterpieces of twentieth-century design and where to buy them / by [NAME]. |  |  | Emery, [NAME]. | [NAME], | c1983. | 14 | 5
TT196 .H25 | Measured drawings of [NAME] furniture and woodenware / [NAME]. |  |  | Handberg, Ejner. | Berkshire Traveller Press, | c1980. | 10 | 1
[NAME] .H27 | Shop drawings of [NAME] furniture and woodenware; measured drawings. | v.1 |  | Handberg, Ejner. | Berkshire Traveller Press | [1973- | 2 | 1
[NAME] .H27 | Shop drawings of [NAME] furniture and woodenware; measured drawings. | v.2 |  | Handberg, Ejner. | Berkshire Traveller Press | [1973- | 4 | 2
[NAME] .H27 | Shop drawings of [NAME] furniture and woodenware; measured drawings. | v.3 |  | Handberg, Ejner. | Berkshire Traveller Press | [1973- | 3 | 3
[NAME] .H33 1982 | Period furniture designs / [NAME]. |  |  | Hayward, [NAME], 1898- | Sterling Pub. Co., | 1982, c1968. | 4 | 3
[NAME] | Architects' designs for furniture / [NAME]. |  |  | Lever, Jill. | Rizzoli, | 1982. | 5 | 4
[NAME] .N93 1982 | American colonial furniture in scaled drawings / Alvan [NAME]. |  |  | Nye, [NAME]. | Dover Publications, | 1982. | 4 | 2
[NAME] .O8 1975 | Measured drawings of early American furniture / [NAME] and [NAME]. |  |  | Osburn, Burl Neff, 1896-1962. | Dover Publications, | 1974, c1975. | 3 | 5
TT196 .P33 1980 | Furniture designed by architects / by [NAME]. |  |  | Page, Marian, 1918- | Whitney Library of Design, | 1980. | 14 | 6
TT 197 .B475 1991 | Modern furniture projects. |  |  |  | Taunton Press, | c1991. | 18 | 4
TT 197 .C56 1990 | European cabinetry : design & construction / Jim Christ. |  |  | Christ, [NAME], 1950- | Sterling, | c1990. | 4 | 4
TT 197 .K3613 1991 | Solid-wood cabinet construction : 70 contemporary designs with details / [NAME]. |  |  | Karg, Franz. | Taunton Press, | c1991. | 20 | 6
TT 197 .M323 1990 | Cabinetmaking : from design to finish / Byron [NAME]. |  |  | Maguire, [NAME], 1931- | [NAME]. Co., | c1990. | 3 | 8
TT197 .B94 | Home cabinetmaker : woodworking techniques, furniture building, and installing millwork / Monte Burch ; drawings by [NAME]. |  |  | Burch, [NAME]. | Popular Science Books : Harper & Row, | 1981. | 4 | 4
TT197 .C55 1988 | Complete guide to modern cabinetmaking / [NAME]. |  |  | Christ, [NAME], 1950- | Prentice-Hall, | c1988. | 7 | 11
TT197 .C63 | Build your own furniture. |  |  | Collani, [NAME]. | Home [NAME]. Corp. | [1954] | 0 | 3
TT197 .D25 1956 | Cabinetmaking and millwork: tools, materials, construction, layout [by] Alf Dahl [and] J. Douglas Wilson. |  |  | Dahl, Alf A., 1893- | American Technical Society, | 1956. | 2 | 0
TT197 .F4 1982 | Cabinetmaking and millwork / [NAME]. |  |  | Feirer, [NAME]. | [NAME], | c1982. | 2 | 4
TT197 .F5 | Fine woodworking biennial design book / compiled and edited by the editors of Fine woodworking magazine. |  |  |  | Taunton Press, | 1977. | 6 | 3
TT197 .F74 | [NAME] teaches woodworking. | v.1 |  | Frid, Tage. | Taunton Press, | c1979- | 14 | 3
TT197 .F74 | [NAME] teaches woodworking. | v.1 |  | Frid, Tage. | Taunton Press, | c1979- | 11 | 1
TT197 .F74 | [NAME] teaches woodworking. | v.2 |  | Frid, Tage. | Taunton Press, | c1979- | 8 | 3
TT197 .F74 | [NAME] teaches woodworking. | v.3 |  | Frid, Tage. | Taunton Press, | c1979- | 14 | 11
TT197 .F8 | Design manual for cabinet furniture: basic scientific principles concerning its construction. [Introd. by [NAME], director and secretary] |  |  | Furniture Development Council. Research and Information Committee. | Published on behalf of the Furniture Development Council by Pergamon Press | [c1958] | 1 | 1
TT197 .G58 | Furniture of pine, poplar, and maple [by] [NAME]. |  |  | Gottshall, [NAME] | [NAME]. Co. | [1966] | 0 | 3
TT197 .H38 | Cabinet making for beginners; tools, joints, cabinet construction, veneering and inlaying, drawing, cutting lists, etc., timber, fittings, typical designs [by] [NAME]. |  |  | Hayward, [NAME], 1898- | Drake Publishers | [1971] | 1 | 1
TT197 .J66 | Shelves, closets & cabinets : from A-frames to Z-outs / by [NAME]. Illustrated by [NAME], [NAME], and [NAME]. |  |  | Jones, [NAME], 1934- | Service Communications, | [1978] | 7 | 7
TT197 .K68 | Fine art of cabinetmaking / [NAME]. |  |  | Krenov, [NAME]. | [NAME], | 1977. | 13 | 9
TT197 .K69 | Worker in wood / [NAME]. |  |  | Krenov, [NAME]. | Van Nostrand Reinhold Co., | c1981. | 15 | 8
TT197 .O38 | Early American furniture; designs in the colonial style. |  |  | O'Neill, [NAME] | McKnight & McKnight | [c1963] | 3 | 3
TT197 .S34 1986 | Designing, building, and installing custom cabinets for the home / [NAME]. |  |  | Scherer, [NAME]. | Prentice-Hall, | c1986. | 11 | 3
TT197 .U47 2005 | Modern cabinetmaking / by [NAME], [NAME]. |  |  | Umstattd, [NAME] | Goodheart-Willcox, | c2005. | 0 | 1
TT 197.5 .W6 [NAME] 1987 | Workbench book / [NAME]. |  |  | Landis, [NAME]. | Taunton Press, | c1987. | 19 | 2
TT197.5 .K57 S34 1990 | Step-by-step guide to designing, building, and installing home custom cabinets / [NAME]. |  |  | Scherer, [NAME]. | Prentice Hall, | 1990. | 11 | 1
TT197.5 .K57 S45 2000 | Cabinets and countertops / [NAME]. |  |  | Self, [NAME] | McGraw Hill, | c2000. | 4 | 4
TT197.5.B8 D34 1974 | How to make built-in furniture. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME], 1913- | McGraw-Hill | [1974] | 4 | 0
TT197.5.B8 E48 2003 | Beautiful built-ins : [plans for designing with stock cabinets] / Connie Edwards. |  |  | Edwards, [NAME]. | McGraw-Hill, | c2003. | 1 | 4
TT197.5.C45 A5 | Make a chair from a tree : an introduction to working green wood / [NAME], Jr. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME] | Taunton Press, | c1978. | 21 | 4
TT197.5.C45 M67 1982 | Thos. [NAME]'s Windsor chairmaking. |  |  | Moser, [NAME]. | Sterling Pub. Co., | c1982. | 8 | 5
TT197.5.C5 D3 1975 | How to make children's furniture and play equipment. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME], 1913- | McGraw-Hill, | [c1975] | 3 | 1
TT197.5.K57 T65 2006 | Building traditional kitchen cabinets / [NAME]. |  |  | Tolpin, [NAME], 1947- | Taunton Press, | c2006. | 1 | 1
TT 198 .B74 1991 | Upholstering / by [NAME]. |  |  | Brumbaugh, [NAME] | Macmillan ; Maxwell Macmillan Canada ; Maxwell Macmillan International, | c1991. | 5 | 1
TT198 .B28 | Easy-to-make slip covers, [by[NAME]. |  |  | Bast, [NAME]. | The Bruce Publishing Company | [1941] | 3 | 0
TT198 .B29 | Essentials of modern upholstery. |  |  | Bast, [NAME]. | [NAME]. Co. | [c1963] | 2 | 0
TT198 .B33 | New essentials of upholstery [by[NAME]. |  |  | Bast, [NAME]. | The [NAME] publishing company | [1946] | 1 | 0
TT198 .C4 | Practical upholstering [by] Commercial Trades Institute instructional staff. |  |  | Chicago (Ill.). Commercial Trades Institute. | McGraw-Hill, | 1953. | 4 | 0
TT198 .H68 | Practical upholstery : detailed instructions for chairs of all kinds, suites, settees, divan beds, etc., also materials, tools, frames, covers, springs, etc. / by [NAME] ; illustrated by [NAME]. -- |  |  | Howes, C. | Lippincott, | [1951?] | 1 | 0
TT198 .L8 | Upholstery: refinishing and restyling [by] [NAME]. |  |  | Luna, [NAME] | American Technical Society | [1969] | 4 | 0
TT198 .S4 | Upholstered furniture, by [NAME]. |  |  | Seager, [NAME] | The Bruce Publishing Company | [c1936] | 2 | 0
TT198 .T5 | Modern upholstering methods [by] [NAME]. |  |  | Tierney, [NAME], 1915- | McKnight & McKnight Pub. Co. | [1965] | 6 | 3
TT 199 .C65 1988 | Making chair seats from cane, rush, and other natural materials / by [NAME]. |  |  | Comstock, [NAME] | Dover Publications, | 1988. | 4 | 0
[NAME] .J627 | Restoring antique furniture / [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME]. | Sterling Pub. Co., | c1982. | 2 | 2
[NAME] .K5 1971 | Complete book of furniture repair and refinishing [by] Ralph Parsons [NAME]. Fully rev. by the staff of the Family handyman magazine. |  |  | Kinney, [NAME]. | [NAME] | [1971] | 2 | 1
[NAME] .M45 | Furniture repair and refinishing [by] [NAME] [and] [NAME]. |  |  | Meyers, [NAME], 1929- | [NAME]. Co. | [1974] | 3 | 1
[NAME] .R62 | Repairing and restoring antique furniture / [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME]. | Van Nostrand Reinhold Co., | 1976. | 1 | 1
[NAME] .S56 | Revive your old furniture, by [NAME]. |  |  | Sloane, [NAME]. | The [NAME] publications incorporated | [1943] | 1 | 0
TT199.4 .B76 | Wood furniture, finishing, refinishing, repairing, by [NAME]. |  |  | Brumbaugh, [NAME] | [NAME] | [1974] | 4 | 5
TT199.4 .G76 | Staining and finishing unfinished furniture and other naked woods. |  |  | Grotz, [NAME]. | Doubleday, | 1968. | 1 | 3
TT199.4 .J48 2004 | Taunton's complete illustrated guide to finishing / [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME]. | Taunton Press ; Distributed by Publishers Group West, | c2004. | 1 | 1
TT199.7 .B88 1984 | How to carve wood : a book of projects and techniques / [NAME]. |  |  | BuÌˆtz, [NAME]. | Taunton Press, | c1984. | 5 | 14
TT199.7 .L55 2001 | Direct wood sculpture : techniques, innovation, creativity / [NAME]. |  |  | Liebson, [NAME]. | [NAME]., | c2001. | 0 | 2
TT199.7 .M38 | Stanley book of sculpture with Surform tools; photographs by [NAME], [NAME] [and] [NAME] and Associates. |  |  | Matthews, [NAME], 1933- | [NAME], | 1972. | 1 | 3
TT200 .M33 | Creative log sculpture. |  |  | Matthews, [NAME], 1933- | [NAME], | 1969. | 5 | 3
TT200 .N3 | Soul of a tree : a woodworker's reflections / [NAME] ; introduction by [NAME]. |  |  | Nakashima, [NAME], 1905- | Kodansha International, | 1981. | 25 | 12
TT201 .G34 | Gallery of turned objects / edited by [NAME] ; photography by [NAME]. |  |  |  | Brigham Young University Press, | [1981] | 13 | 9
TT201 .H65 | Book of selected wood turning projects; step-by-step illustrated instructions on how to make trays, woodenware, servers, shakers, bowls, and boxes, stands, tables, and other furniture ... Edited by [NAME]. |  |  |  | Home [NAME]. Corp. | c1952. | 4 | 2
[NAME] | Taunton's complete illustrated guide to turning / [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME]. | Taunton Press, | c2005. | 2 | 1
TT201 .R3376 2002 | Turning bowls with [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME]. | Taunton Press, | c2002. | 1 | 1
TT201 .R3378 2002 | Turning boxes with [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME]. | Taunton Press : [Berkeley, CA] : Distributed by Publishers Group West, | c2002. | 0 | 1
[NAME] .R34 1985 | Turning wood with [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME]. | Taunton Press, | c1985. | 31 | 4
TT201 .R34 2001 | Turning wood with [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME]. | Taunton Press, | c2001. | 1 | 1
TT201 .R4 | Woodturning. |  |  | Rebhorn, [NAME]. | McKnight & McKnight | [1970] | 3 | 0
TT201 .R668 1986 | Woodturner's art / [NAME] [NAME]. |  |  | Roszkiewicz, [NAME]. | Macmillan, | c1986. | 9 | 3
TT201 .R67 1984 | Woodturner's companion / [NAME] with the collaboration of [NAME]. |  |  | Roszkiewicz, [NAME]. | Sterling Pub., Co., | c1984. | 15 | 2
TT202 .K5 1954 | Art of woodturning / by [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME], 1888- | [NAME], | [1954]. | 5 | 2
TT202 .M6 | Fundamental wood turning [by] [NAME] [and] [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], Archie Seldon, 1887- | [NAME]. Co. | [1953] | 8 | 0
TT203 .R67 | Router / [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME] | Oak Park Enterprises, | 1982. | 7 | 4
TT203 .T53 2005 | Art of segmented woodturning : a step-by-step guide / [NAME]. |  |  | Tibbetts, [NAME], 1949- | [NAME], | c2005. | 4 | 2
TT 203.5 .H94 1996 | Router magic : jigs, fixtures, and tricks to unleash your router's full potential / [NAME] ; photographs by [NAME] ; illustrations by [NAME] and [NAME]. |  |  | Hylton, [NAME]. | Rodale Press, | c1996. | 6 | 3
TT205 .A43 | Metalworking handbook : principles and procedures / [NAME]. |  |  | Adams, [NAME] | Arco Pub. Co., | [1976] | 3 | 2
TT205 .B5 | Artistic metalwork [by] [NAME] .... |  |  | [NAME], [NAME], 1890- | [NAME]. Co. | [c1940] | 4 | 0
TT205 .B68 1975 | Metalworking / by [NAME] ; [NAME], consulting editor. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME]. | Goodheart-Willcox Co., | [1975] | 1 | 0
TT205 .D35 | Early American metal projects. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME]. | McKnight & McKnight Pub. Co. | [1971] | 3 | 0
TT205 .F39 1967 | General metals [by] [NAME]. |  |  | Feirer, [NAME]. | McGraw-Hill | [1967] | 0 | 0
TT205 .F57 | Textile techniques in metal for jewelers, sculptors, and textile artists / [NAME]. |  |  | Fisch, [NAME] | [NAME], | c1975. | 4 | 0
TT205 .G64 1971 | Pewter craft. London, University of London Press, 1927. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME], 1881-1930. | [NAME], | 1971] | 0 | 1
TT205 .G813 | Metal & wire sculpture. [Translated by [NAME]] |  |  | [NAME], Elmar. | Sterling Pub. Co. | [1969] | 8 | 2
TT205 .G83 | Guide to jewelry and metal crafts. |  |  |  | Dept. of Curriculum and Instruction, Board of Public Education, | 1969. | 0 | 0
TT205 .H1313 | Metal; designs, material, technique. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME]. | [NAME] Reinhold | [1972] | 1 | 1
TT205 .H28 | Art metal and enameling [by] [NAME]. |  |  | Hawkins, [NAME] | [NAME] | [1967] | 2 | 2
TT205 .H57 | Beaten metal work, by [NAME] ... |  |  | Horth, [NAME], 1874- | Sir [NAME] & sons, ltd., | 1930. | 2 | 0
TT205 .K57 | Metalsmiths, by [NAME] and the editors of Time-Life Books. |  |  | Knauth, Percy, 1914- | Time-Life Books | [1974] | 6 | 0
TT205 .K7 | Art metalwork; a manual for amateurs, by [NAME] ... |  |  | Kronquist, [NAME], 1882- | Whittlesey House, McGraw-Hill Book Company, inc. | [1942] | 6 | 0
TT205 .L44 2004 | Metals : materials for inspirational design / [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME]. | RotoVision, | c2004. | 1 | 1
TT205 .L8 | Interesting art-metal work [by] [NAME] ... |  |  | Lukowitz, [NAME] | The [NAME] publishing company | [1947, c1936] | 1 | 0
TT205 .P86 | Projects and designs in metalwork / [NAME]. |  |  | Punter, [NAME]. | Batsford Academic and Educational, | 1981. | 1 | 0
TT205 .S5613 | Working with copper, silver, and enamel [by] Jan and [NAME]. |  |  | SjoÌˆberg, Jan. | Van Nostrand Reinhold Co. | [c1974] | 3 | 0
TT205 .T45 | Metalsmithing for the artist-craftsman. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME], 1917- | Chilton Co., Book Division | [1960] | 4 | 1
TT205 .U55 | Metal techniques for craftsmen; a basic manual for craftsmen on the methods of forming and decorating metals. |  |  | Untracht, Oppi. | Doubleday | [1968] | 12 | 3
TT205 .U55 | Metal techniques for craftsmen; a basic manual for craftsmen on the methods of forming and decorating metals. |  |  | Untracht, Oppi. | Doubleday | [1968] | 2 | 0
TT205 S64 1951 | Etching, spinning, raising, tooling metal. |  |  | Smith, [NAME], 1879- | McKnight & McKnight Pub. Co. | [c1951] | 8 | 2
TT211 .A4 1958 | Modern welding practice, by [NAME] and [NAME], with the collaboration of [NAME] and [NAME]. |  |  | Althouse, [NAME]. | Goodheart-Willcox | [1958] | 2 | 0
TT211 .P45 | Welding projects : a design approach / [NAME] and [NAME]. |  |  | Pender, [NAME], 1924- | McGraw-Hill Ryerson, | 1976. | 3 | 0
TT 212 .K78 1997 | Art of jewelry design : production jewelry by 20 top designers / [[NAME]]. |  |  | Krupenia, [NAME]. | [NAME] ; Distributed by North Light Books, | c1997. | 4 | 0
TT212 .B338 1986 | Encyclopaedia of jewellery techniques / [NAME]. |  |  | Bagley, [NAME]. | Batsford, | 1986. | 1 | 2
TT212 .B6 | Simple bracelets. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME], 1897- | [NAME] | [1951] | 6 | 1
TT212 .C5 | Creative casting : jewelry, silverware, sculpture / by Sharr Choate ; edited by Bonnie Cecil De May ; drawings by the author ; photos. by the author except where otherwise noted. |  |  | Choate, [NAME]. | [NAME], | c1966, 1975 printing. | 5 | 0
TT212 .C68 | Penland School of Crafts book of jewelry making / edited by [NAME] ; with photography by [NAME]. |  |  | Coyne, [NAME]. | Bobbs-Merrill, | c1975. | 9 | 0
TT212 .C68 | Penland School of Crafts book of jewelry making / edited by [NAME] ; with photography by [NAME]. |  |  | Coyne, [NAME]. | Bobbs-Merrill, | c1975. | 5 | 0
TT212 .H64 1974 | Plastics for jewelry / by [NAME]. |  |  | Hollander, [NAME]. | Watson-Guptill Publications, | [1974] | 4 | 0
TT212 .L45 | Jewelry making for the amatuer. Illus. by [NAME]. |  |  | Lewes, Klares. | [NAME]; [NAME]. Corp. | [1965] | 2 | 0
TT212 .P25 | Chains & beads. |  |  | Pack, [NAME]. | [NAME] | [1951] | 8 | 0
TT212 .P3 1975 | Jewelry making by the lost wax process / [NAME] ; drawings by Laurine Muethel Houghton ; photos. by Elmer Astleford, [NAME], [NAME]. |  |  | Pack, [NAME]. | [NAME], | [1975] | 6 | 1
TT212 .P46 2005 | Penland book of jewelry : master classes in jewelry techniques / [editor, [NAME]. |  |  |  | Lark Books, | c2005. | 1 | 2
TT212 .S3 | Cabochon jewelry making [by] Arthur & Lucille Sanger. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME]. | [NAME] | [1951] | 3 | 2
TT212 .W3213 | Art of making jewelry / [NAME]. |  |  | Wada, Takashi, 1938- | [NAME], | [1975] | 8 | 0
TT213 .B69 | Step-by-step knifemaking : you can do it! / By [NAME] ; drawings by [NAME] ; photos. by [NAME], [NAME], [NAME]. |  |  | Boye, [NAME]. | Rodale Press, | c1977. | 17 | 2
TT215 .H3 1938 | Elementary forge practice / by [NAME]. |  |  | Harcourt, [NAME] ([NAME]) | C.A. Bennett Co., | c1938. | 11 | 0
TT215 .K7 | Hand-wrought ironwork, a book of projects [by] [NAME]... [and] [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME], 1902- | The [NAME] publishing company | [1946] | 5 | 0
TT 220 .S55 V52 1992 | Charleston blacksmith : the work of Philip Simmons / [NAME]. |  |  | Vlach, [NAME], 1948- | University of South Carolina Press, | c1992. | 5 | 0
TT220 .B35 1984 | Art of blacksmithing / [NAME]. |  |  | Bealer, [NAME] | Harper & Row, | c1984. | 22 | 1
TT220 .M28 2004 | Blacksmithing primer : a course in basic and intermediate blacksmithing / by [NAME]. |  |  | McDaniel, [NAME]. | Hobar, | c2004. | 0 | 1
[NAME] | Aluminium workshop practice: with an introduction to the material / [NAME]. |  |  | Hegmann, [NAME]. | Aluminium-Verlag, | c1982. | 1 | 2
TT250 .R7 | Copper work; a text book for teachers and students in the manual arts. |  |  | Rose, [NAME], 1873- | The Davis Press, | [1908] | 1 | 0
TT266.3 .C47 | Modern pewter: design and techniques. |  |  | Charron, [NAME]. | [NAME] Reinhold | [1973] | 1 | 0
TT266.3 .O72 1979 | Pewter-working : instructions and projects / by [NAME] and [NAME]. |  |  | Osburn, Burl Neff, 1896-1962. | Dover Publications, | 1979. | 1 | 0
[NAME] .A53 1963 | Brazing manual. Prepared by AWS Committee on Brazing and Soldering under the direction of AWS Technical Activities Committee. [NAME], technical secretary. |  |  | American Welding Society. Committee on Brazing and Soldering. | American Welding Society; trade distributor: Reinhold Pub. Corp. | [1963] | 5 | 0
TT267 .M26 2001 | Solders and soldering : materials, design, production, and analysis for reliable bonding / [NAME]. |  |  | Manko, [NAME] | McGraw-Hill, | c2001. | 0 | 2
TT267 .W66 1988 | Handbook of machine soldering : a guide for the soldering of electronic printed wiring assemblies / [NAME]. |  |  | Woodgate, [NAME], 1922- | Wiley, | c1988. | 1 | 0
[NAME] .G57 1971 | Stencil craft. London, University of London Press, 1927. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME], 1881-1930. | [NAME], | 1971] | 2 | 2
TT273 .B49 | Complete book of silk screen printing production. With an introd. by [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME] ([NAME]), 1910- | Dover Publications | [1963] | 4 | 1
TT273 .B498 | Screen printing; a contemporary guide to the technique of screen printing for artists, designers, and craftsmen, by [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME] ([NAME]), 1910- | Watson-Guptill Publications | [1971] | 7 | 1
TT273 .B5 1941 | Silk screen printing process, by [NAME] ... and [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME] ([NAME]), 1910- | McGraw-Hill Book Company, inc., | 1941. | 0 | 0
TT273 .H67 2007 | Water-based screenprinting / [NAME]. |  |  | Hoskins, [NAME]. | A & C Black, | 2007. | 0 | 1
TT273 .K655 1960 | Art and craft of screen process printing. Illus. by the author. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME]. | [NAME]. Co. | [1960] | 1 | 0
TT273 .K657 1968 | Photographic screen process printing. Illus. by the author. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME]. | Signs of the Times Pub. Co. | [1968] | 3 | 1
TT273 .R86 | Practical screen printing. |  |  | [NAME], Stephen. | [NAME]; Watson-Guptill Publications, | 1969. | 7 | 1
TT273 .S3 | Screen-process printing for the serigrapher & textile designer [by] [NAME] [NAME]. |  |  | Schwalbach, [NAME] | Van Nostrand Reinhold Co. | [1970] | 8 | 0
TT273 .S4 | Screen printing on fabric [by] [NAME] and [NAME]. |  |  | Searle, [NAME]. | [NAME]; [NAME], | 1968. | 1 | 1
TT273 .S77 2004 | Simple screenprinting : basic techniques & creative projects / [NAME]. |  |  | Stromquist, [NAME]. | Lark Books, | c2004. | 0 | 2
TT273 .T47 | Silkscreening / [NAME]. |  |  | Termini, [NAME]. | Prentice-Hall, | c1978. | 0 | 1
TT273 K658 | Screen printing techniques. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME]. | Signs of the Times Pub. Co. | [c1972] | 4 | 0
[NAME] | Screen process printing. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME] | Signs of the Times Pub. Co. | [c1964] | 2 | 0
TT290 .A84 1983 | Technique of leathercraft / W.A. Attwater ; revised by D.A. Friend ; photography by D.A. Friend. |  |  | Attwater, [NAME] ([NAME]), 1903- | [NAME], | 1983. | 3 | 2
TT290 .D48 | Getting started in leathercraft [by] [NAME]. Illustrated by [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME], 1911- | Collier Books | [1972] | 4 | 3
TT290 .G84 | Applied leathercraft, by [NAME]. |  |  | Groneman, [NAME]. | The Manual arts press | [1942] | 1 | 3
TT290 .G863 1963 | Leathercraft. |  |  | Groneman, [NAME], 1906- | C.A. Bennett Co. | [1963] | 1 | 1
TT290 .M45 | Contemporary leather; art and accessories, tools and techniques [by] [NAME]. |  |  | Meilach, [NAME] | Regnery | [1971] | 2 | 0
TT290 .N48 | Leather as art and craft [by] [NAME]. |  |  | Newman, [NAME] | Crown | [1973] | 3 | 2
TT290 .S7 | Leatherwork manual / [NAME], A.D. Patten, [NAME]. |  |  | Stohlman, [NAME]. | Tandy Leather Co., | c1969. | 3 | 1
TT293 .W45 2004 | American flintknappers : Stone Age art in the age of computers / [NAME]. |  |  | Whittaker, [NAME] ([NAME]), 1953- | University of Texas Press, | 2004. | 0 | 3
TT295 .J36 1989 | Prop builder's molding & casting handbook / [NAME]. |  |  | James, Thurston, 1933- | Betterway Publications, | c1989. | 7 | 0
TT295 L44 | Color cement handicraft [by] [NAME], [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME] | The [NAME] press | [c1922] | 2 | 0
TT297 .B643 | Working in plastic, bone, amber, and horn [by] Erland Borglund and [NAME]. [Edited in English by [NAME]] |  |  | Borglund, Erland, 1894- | Reinhold Book Corp. | [1968] | 3 | 2
TT297 .C5 1967 | General plastics; projects and procedures. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME]. | McKnight & McKnight | [1967] | 2 | 1
TT297 .E26 1974 | Industrial arts plastics. |  |  | Edwards, Lauton. | [NAME] | [1973, c1974] | 2 | 2
TT297 .L28 | Getting started in plastics [by] [NAME]. |  |  | Lang, [NAME] | Collier Books | [1972] | 2 | 2
TT297 .L3 | Plastics projects and techniques [by] [NAME]. |  |  | Lappin, [NAME] | McKnight & McKnight Pub. Co. | [1965] | 1 | 0
TT297 .N47 | Plastics for the craftsman, by [NAME] and [NAME]. |  |  | Newman, [NAME]. | Crown | [1972] | 5 | 0
TT297 .S28 | Crafts in polyester resin. |  |  | Scarfe, [NAME]. | Watson-Guptill Publications | [1973] | 3 | 0
TT297 .S3 | Basic plastics [by] [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME] | [NAME] | [1969] | 3 | 2
[NAME] 1960 | Plastics book, edited by [NAME]. |  |  | Cope, [NAME] | Good-heart-Wilcox Co. | [1960] | 3 | 1
TT298 .C84 2002 | History of glassforming / Keith Cummings. |  |  | Cummings, [NAME]. | A. & C. Black ; University of Pennsylvania Press, | 2002. | 1 | 2
[NAME] .D58 1972 | Stained glass craft, by [NAME] and [NAME]. [NAME] by [NAME]. |  |  | Divine, [NAME] | Dover Publications | [1972] | 9 | 3
TT298 .F7 | Creative bottle cutting; art and functional projects from old bottles [by] [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME]. | Crown Publishers | [1972] | 2 | 2
TT298 .I83 | How to work in stained glass [by] Anita & [NAME]. |  |  | Isenberg, [NAME]. | Chilton Book Co. | [1972] | 17 | 2
[NAME] .M45 | Complete course in stained glass / by [NAME]. |  |  | Mendez, [NAME]. | [NAME], | c1975. | 5 | 1
[NAME] .M47 | Making stained glass; a handbook for the amateur and the professional [by] [NAME] and Gertrude Metcalf. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME]. | McGraw-Hill | [1972] | 7 | 1
TT298 .O27 | Techniques of stained glass : leaded, faceted, & laminated glass / [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], Vincent, 1919- | [NAME], | 1977. | 8 | 2
[NAME] .M37 1985 | Paint contractor's manual / by [NAME], [NAME]. |  |  | Matis, [NAME]. | Craftsman Book Co., | c1985. | 11 | 1
[NAME] .N4 1940 | Coloring, finishing and painting wood, by [NAME]...enlarged by the addition of six new chapters, including the finishing of metal. |  |  | Newell, [NAME], 1868- | The Manual arts press | [c1940] | 3 | 0
TT305 .S6 1969 | Finishing technology [by] [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME] | McKnight & McKnight | [1969] | 0 | 1
[NAME] .S75 | Finishing materials and methods. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME] | McKnight & McKnight Pub. Co. | [1952] | 2 | 2
TT320 .C5 | Painting and decorating. |  |  | Chlystyk, Walter. | McGraw-Hill Co. of Canada | [1965] | 3 | 0
TT320 .G6 1959 | Goodheart-Wilcox's painting and decorating encyclopedia; a complete library of professional know-how on painting, decorating and wood finishing in one easy-to-use volume. Edited by Wm. [NAME]. |  |  |  | Goodheart-Wilcox Co. | [c1959] | 4 | 1
TT320 .H26 | How to do your own painting and wallpapering. |  |  | Hand, [NAME]. | Popular Science Pub. Co. | [1968] | 3 | 0
TT323 .I56 | Paint magic : the home decorator's guide to painted finishes / Jocasta Innes. |  |  | Innes, [NAME]. | Van Nostrand Reinhold Co., | c1981. | 10 | 2
[NAME] .W47 | Interior painting, wallpapering, and paneling; a beginner's approach [by] [NAME]. |  |  | Wheeler, Gershon J. | [NAME]. Co. | [1974] | 2 | 1
TT325 .A45 1984 | Wood finisher's handbook / [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME]. | Sterling Pub. Co., | c1984. | 6 | 5
TT325 .F53 2005 | Understanding wood finishing : how to select and apply the right finish / [NAME]. |  |  | Flexner, [NAME]. | Reader's Digest, | 2005. | 0 | 1
TT325 .G5 1981 | Wood finishing and refinishing / S.W. Gibbia. |  |  | Gibbia, [NAME] | [NAME], | c1981. | 3 | 1
TT325 .H32 | How to do your own wood finishing. |  |  | Hand, [NAME]. | Popular Science Pub. Co. | [1967] | 2 | 0
TT325 .H39 1974 | Staining and polishing : how to finish woodwork; staining; French, wax, and oil polishing; the cellulose finish; varnishing; lacquering / edited by [NAME]. |  |  | Hayward, [NAME], 1898- | [NAME], | [1974, c1969]. | 3 | 0
TT325 .J4 | Wood-finishing, by [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME] | The Manual arts press | [c1924] | 2 | 0
TT325 .N5 1986 | Fine wood finishing : a comprehensive and creative guide / [NAME]. |  |  | Newell, [NAME]. | Prentice Hall Press, | c1986. | 1 | 1
TT325 .O846 1983 | Complete manual of wood finishing / [NAME] ; adapted by A.W. Marlow. |  |  | Oughton, Frederick, 1923- | [NAME] and Day, | c1983. | 3 | 0
TT325 .S26 | Complete book of wood finishing. |  |  | Scharff, [NAME]. | McGraw-Hill | [1956] | 1 | 0
TT325 .S6 | Restoring and maintaining finishes--spot finishing [by] [NAME] [and] [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME] | [NAME]. Co. | [1958] | 2 | 0
TT325 .W28 | Modern wood finishing. |  |  | Waring, [NAME] | [NAME]. Co. | [1963] | 2 | 0
TT 360 .P67 1997 | Postcard graphics : the best advertising and promotion design / designer, [NAME]. |  |  |  | Rockport Publishers ; Distributed by North Light Books, | c1997. | 4 | 1
TT360 .C78 | Sign systems manual. |  |  | Crosby/Fletcher/Forbes. | Praeger | [1970] | 3 | 0
TT360 .D82 | Show card writer. |  |  | Duvall, [NAME] | [NAME] | [1961] | 1 | 0
TT360 .O9 | Practical sign painting. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME], 1913- | [NAME]. Co. | [c1947] | 3 | 0
TT360 .P7 | Sign painting the new way |  |  | Prohaska, [NAME] | Signs of the Times Pub. Co. | [1964] | 3 | 0
TT380 .C45 | How to gold leaf antiques and other art objects; techniques of an ancient art explained step by step in how-to-do-it text and pictures [by] [NAME]. |  |  | Chambers, [NAME] | Crown Publishers | [1973] | 2 | 1
TT 385 .C53 1991 | Suminagashi : the Japanese art of marbling : a practical guide / [NAME] ; foreword by [NAME] ; [foreward translated from the Japanese by [NAME]]. |  |  | Chambers, [NAME], 1925- | Thames and Hudson, | c1991. | 4 | 0
TT385 .F7 | Decorative tole painting, by [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME]. | Crown Publishers | [1972] | 2 | 0
TT 699 .B72 1998 | Techno textiles : revolutionary fabrics for fashion and design / [NAME] and [NAME]. |  |  | Braddock, [NAME]. | Thames and Hudson, | 1998. | 2 | 1
TT 699 .Y36 1989 | Textile art of Japan / [NAME], [NAME]. |  |  | Yang, Sunny. | Shufunotomo ; | 1989. | 12 | 3
TT699 .C47 | Beyond weaving, by [NAME] and [NAME]. Photos. by [NAME]. |  |  | Chamberlain, [NAME]. | Watson-Guptill Publications | [1974] | 1 | 1
[NAME] .D45 | African fabric crafts : sources of African design and technique / Esther Warner Dendel ; with drawings and photos. by [NAME]. |  |  | Dendel, [NAME], 1910- | [NAME], | 1974. | 4 | 2
TT699 .F5 1983 | Fiberarts design book / from the editors of Fiberarts magazine. |  |  |  | Lark Books, | c1983. | 6 | 1
TT699 .F523 1987 | Fiberarts design book three / edited by [NAME]. |  |  |  | Lark Books, | 1987. | 7 | 0
TT705 .M29 1987 | Encyclopedia of sewing / [NAME]. |  |  | Margolis, [NAME] | Doubleday, | 1987. | 1 | 0
TT710 .H25 | School needlework. A course of study in sewing designed for use in schools, by [NAME] ... |  |  | Hapgood, [NAME] | Ginn & company, | [c1892] | 1 | 0
[NAME] .E55 | Stitchery for children; a manual for teachers, parents, and children. |  |  | Enthoven, [NAME]. | Reinhold Book Corp. | [1968] | 1 | 0
TT713 .T56 1987 | Timesaving sewing. |  |  |  | C. DeCosse Inc., | c1987. | 3 | 1
TT715 .C7 | Costume dolls and how to make them, by [NAME]. |  |  | Craven, Winifred M. | [NAME] | [1962] | 1 | 0
TT715 .G7 | History of needlework tools and accessories. |  |  | Groves, [NAME]. | Country Life, | 1966. | 2 | 0
TT715 .M67 1987 | More sewing for the home. |  |  |  | Cy DeCosse Incorporated ; Distributed by Contemporary Books, | c1987. | 3 | 0
TT715 .S9 | Plain and fancy : American women and their needlework, 1700-1850 / [NAME] [NAME]. |  |  | Swan, [NAME]. | Holt, [NAME] and Winston, | c1977. | 0 | 1
TT750 .C34 | Creative play with fabrics and threads. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME], 1930- | [NAME] | [1968] | 2 | 2
TT750 .C35 1972 | Encyclopedia of Victorian needlework [Dictionary of needlework. By] S. F. A. Caulfeild and [NAME]. | v.1 |  | Caulfeild, Sophia Frances Anne, 1824-1911. | Dover Publications | [1972] | 0 | 0
TT750 .C35 1972 | Encyclopedia of Victorian needlework [Dictionary of needlework. By] S. F. A. Caulfeild and [NAME]. | v.2 |  | Caulfeild, Sophia Frances Anne, 1824-1911. | Dover Publications | [1972] | 0 | 0
TT750 .F43 | Beginner's needlecraft. |  |  | Feldman, Annette. | Harper & Row | [1974] | 1 | 0
TT750 .L48 2007 | Needlework through history : an encyclopedia / [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME]. | Greenwood Press, | 2007. | 0 | 1
[NAME] .J87 | Weaving & needlecraft color course [by] William & [NAME]. |  |  | Justema, [NAME], 1904- | Van Nostrand Reinhold Co. | [1971] | 2 | 1
TT753 .T54 | American needlework, 1776-1976 : needlepoint and crewel patterns adapted from historic American images / [NAME] ; foreword by [NAME]. |  |  | Tillett, [NAME], 1915- | New York Graphic Society, | c1975. | 3 | 2
TT769 .F82 P39 1988 | Haute couture embroidery : the art of Lesage / Palmer White. |  |  | White, Palmer. | Vendome Press : Distributed by Rizzoli International Publications, | c1988. | 4 | 2
TT770 .C52 | Complete book of embroidery and embroidery stitches. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME]. | Greystone Press | [c1948] | 2 | 0
TT770 .E58 | Stitches of creative embroidery. |  |  | Enthoven, [NAME]. | [NAME]. Corp. | [c1964] | 1 | 0
TT770 .F7 | Three-dimensional embroidery / [NAME]. |  |  | Frew, [NAME]. | Van Nostrand Reinhold Co., | [1975] | 4 | 1
TT770 .G67 | Complete international book of embroidery / [NAME] ; [editor, [NAME]]. |  |  | Gostelow, [NAME]. | [NAME] and [NAME], | c1977. | 2 | 1
TT770 .J57 | Creative stitches. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME]. | Batsford, | 1967. | 0 | 3
TT770 .K613 | Embroidery for children. Translated from Danish by [NAME]. |  |  | Kornerup, [NAME]. | Van Nostrand Reinhold Co. | [1969] | 1 | 1
TT770 .S67 | [NAME] embroidery. |  |  | Snook, [NAME]. | Batsford | [1967] | 0 | 0
TT771 .B34 | Patterns from peasant embroidery; selected and drawn by [NAME]. |  |  | Beautement, [NAME]. | Batsford; Branford, | 1968. | 2 | 1
TT771 .H212 | Needlepoint in America. |  |  | Hanley, Hope. | [NAME] | [1969] | 1 | 1
TT771 .W73 | Crewel embroidery. Illustrated with drawings by [NAME], and with photos. |  |  | Wilson, [NAME]. | [NAME] | [c1962] | 4 | 0
TT772 .F67 | Creative embroidery with your sewing machine / [NAME]. |  |  | Foss, [NAME] | Prentice-Hall, | c1976. | 2 | 0
TT778.C3 B67 | Bargello: an explosion in color. |  |  | Boyles, [NAME]. | Macmillan | [1974] | 1 | 0
TT800 .B25 | Lace. |  |  | Bath, [NAME]. | H. Regnery Co. | [1974] | 2 | 0
TT800 .B95 | Lace and lace making / Alice-May Bullock. |  |  | Bullock, [NAME]. | Larousse, | 1981. | 2 | 3
[NAME] | Handmade lace & patterns / Annette Feldman. |  |  | Feldman, Annette. | Harper & Row, | [1975] | 0 | 0
TT819 .U6 M33 1988 | No idle hands : the social history of American knitting / [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME], 1920- | Ballantine Books, | 1988. | 4 | 0
TT820 .H23 | Decorating with crochet / by [NAME] ; illustrated with photos. and diagrs. |  |  | Halliday, [NAME]. | [NAME], | 1975. | 5 | 0
TT820 .K69213 | Crochet / Rite [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME]. | Two Continents Pub. Group, | c1977. | 2 | 2
TT820 .L66 | Practical modern crochet. |  |  | Lind, [NAME]. | Van Nostrand Reinhold Co. | [1973] | 8 | 1
TT820 .P44 | Creative knitting; a new art form. Edited by [NAME]. |  |  | Phillips, [NAME]. | Van Nostrand Reinhold Co. | [1971] | 4 | 4
TT820 .R84 1987 | History of hand knitting / [NAME]. |  |  | Rutt, [NAME]. | Interweave Press, | c1987. | 3 | 2
TT820 .S63 | New look at knitting ... : an easier and more creative approach / by [NAME] and [NAME], text and designs, [NAME] ; photography, [NAME]. |  |  | Sommer, Elyse. | [NAME], | c1977. | 8 | 3
TT820 .W17 | Treasury of knitting patterns [by] [NAME]. Photography by [NAME]. |  |  | Walker, [NAME] | [NAME]'s Sons | [1968] | 7 | 5
TT825 .E27967 2004 | 200 crochet blocks for blankets, throws, and afghans / [NAME]. |  |  | Eaton, Jan. | Interweave Press, | c2004. | 3 | 2
TT 835 .C645 1988 | Pacific patchworks : new approaches to quilt design / Shari Cole. |  |  | Cole, [NAME]. | Pitman, | 1988. | 6 | 7
TT 835 .M34 1985 | Quilting, 1915-1983 : an annotated bibliography / by [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME], 1948- | [NAME], | 1985. | 4 | 2
TT835 .B73 | Creative quilting / by [NAME]. |  |  | Brown, [NAME], 1930- | Watson-Guptill Publications, | 1975. | 11 | 2
TT835 .H335 1986 | TiÌ„faifai and quilts of Polynesia / Joyce D. Hammond. |  |  | Hammond, Joyce D., 1950- | University of Hawaii Press, | c1986. | 6 | 2
TT835 .I35 1959 | Standard book of quilt making and collecting. |  |  | Ickis, Marguerite, 1897- | Dover Publications | [1959, c1949] | 13 | 3
TT835 .M68 | Trapunto and other forms of raised quilting / [NAME] and [NAME] ; illustrations by [NAME] ; photographs by [NAME]. |  |  | Morgan, [NAME], 1923- | Scribner, | c1977. | 10 | 2
TT835 .N48 | New American quilt / [compiled by] Quilt National. |  |  |  | Fiberarts/Lark Books, | c1981. | 9 | 1
TT835 .R62 | Contemporary quilting / [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME], 1938- | Davis Publications, | c1982. | 16 | 4
TT835 .R87 | Complete book of Seminole patchwork : from traditional methods to contemporary uses / Beverly Rush with [NAME]. |  |  | Rush, Beverly. | Madrona, | 1982. | 6 | 1
TT835 .T5 | Introducing patchwork. |  |  | Timmins, [NAME]. | Batsford; [NAME], | [1972, c 1968]. | 2 | 1
TT840 .B4513 | Tatting; patterns & designs [by] Gun Blomqvist & Elwy Persson. |  |  | Blomqvist, Gun, 1933- | Van Nostrand Reinhold Co. | [1974] | 3 | 0
TT840 .C593 | Techniques of sprang; plaiting on stretched threads. |  |  | Collingwood, [NAME], 1922- | Watson-Guptill Publications | [1974] | 4 | 1
TT840 .D45 | [NAME], weaving, and tapestry; art in fiber. |  |  | DeÌpas, [NAME]. | Macmillan | [1973] | 2 | 1
TT840 .M39 | MacrameÌ accessories: patterns and ideas for knotting [by] [NAME]. |  |  | Meilach, [NAME] | Crown Publishers | [1972] | 3 | 0
TT840 .M4 | MacrameÌ; creative design in knotting [by] [NAME]. |  |  | Meilach, [NAME] | Crown Publishers | [1971] | 3 | 0
TT840 .R2 | MacrameÌ: advanced technique and design [by] [NAME] and [NAME]. |  |  | Rack, [NAME]. | Doubleday, | 1972. | 7 | 1
TT840.M33 D86 2000 | New macrameÌ : contemporary knotted jewelry and accessories / [NAME]. |  |  | DuMont, [NAME]. | Lark Books, | c2000. | 5 | 1
TT847 .C76 | Complete spinning book / by Candace Crockett. |  |  | Crockett, Candace, 1945- | Watson-Guptill Publications, | 1977. | 12 | 0
TT847 .F35 | Handspinning art & technique. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME]. | [NAME] Reinhold | [1970] | 5 | 0
TT847 .J25 | Woolcraft book : spinning, dyeing and weaving / [NAME] and [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], Constance. | Scribner, | 1982, c1980. | 3 | 1
TT847 .K58 | Joy of spinning. Illustrated by [NAME]. |  |  | Kluger, [NAME]. | [NAME] and [NAME] | [1971] | 4 | 0
TT 848 .H663 1992 | Weft-faced pattern weaves : tabby to taqueteÌ / by [NAME]. |  |  | Hoskins, [NAME]. | Skein Publications in association with the University of Washington Press, | c1992. | 7 | 1
TT 848 .L68 1992 | Three weavers / [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME], 1925- | University of New Mexico Press, | c1992. | 1 | 2
TT 848 .P85 1989 | Maori weaving / with [NAME]. |  |  | Puketapu-Hetet, [NAME]. | Pitman, | 1989. | 2 | 0
TT 848 .S24 1989 | Ramona Sakiestewa : patterned dreams : textiles of the Southwest / essay by [NAME]. |  |  | Sakiestewa, Ramona. | Wheelwright Museum of the American Indian, | c1989. | 3 | 0
TT848 .A64985 2004 | Mastering weave structures : transforming ideas into great cloth / [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME] | Interweave Press, | c2004. | 1 | 2
TT848 .A77 | Byways in hand-weaving. |  |  | Atwater, [NAME], 1878-1956. | Macmillan, | c1954. | 2 | 1
TT848 .B5 1957 | New key to weaving; a textbook of hand weaving for the beginning weaver. |  |  | Black, [NAME] | [NAME]. Co. | [c1957] | 3 | 2
TT848 .B53 | Art and craft of hand weaving, including fabric design. Drawings by [NAME]. |  |  | Blumenau, Lili. | Crown Publishers | [c1955] | 2 | 2
TT848 .B66 | Four-harness weaving / by [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], Kernochan. | Watson-Guptill Publications, | 1978. | 6 | 2
TT848 .B74 | Hand weaving for pleasure and profit. Illus. by [NAME], photos. by [NAME]. |  |  | Brown, Harriette J. | Harper | [c1952] | 2 | 4
TT848 .B76 1987 | Weaver's garden / [NAME] ; illustrations by [NAME]. |  |  | Buchanan, [NAME]. | Interweave Press, | c1987. | 7 | 3
TT848 .C63 | Techniques of tablet weaving / [NAME]. |  |  | Collingwood, [NAME], 1922- | [NAME], | 1982. | 12 | 6
TT848 .C636 1984 | All about weaving : a comprehensive guide to the craft / [NAME]. |  |  | Creager, [NAME]. | Doubleday, | 1984. | 4 | 1
TT848 .C67 | Card weaving. Illus. by [NAME]. |  |  | Crockett, Candace, 1945- | Watson-Guptill Publications | [1973] | 10 | 2
TT848 .C7 | Popular weaving crafts. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME], 1904- | C.A. Bennett Co. | [1949, c1950] | 1 | 1
TT848 .D3 1951 | Handweaver's pattern book. Layouts designed and line illus. drawn by [NAME]; photos. by E. Fletcher Brown. |  |  | Davison, [NAME]. |  | [c1951] | 12 | 0
[NAME] .D33 | Handweaver's source book; a selection of 224 patterns from the [NAME] collection. Drawings by [NAME]. |  |  | Davison, [NAME], |  | [c1953] | 3 | 3
TT848 .D7613 | Hand weaving : an introduction to weaving on 2, 3, and 4 harnesses / Mad Duchemin. |  |  | Duchemin, Mad. | [NAME], | 1975. | 3 | 1
TT848 .F7 | Designing and drafting for handweavers; basic principles of cloth construction. |  |  | Frey, Berta. | Macmillan, | [c1958]. | 3 | 1
TT848 .G7 | Adventures in weaving. |  |  | Greer, [NAME] | [NAME] | [c1951] | 2 | 0
TT848 .H28 | Foundations of weaving [by] [NAME] and [NAME]. Photos. by [NAME]. Drawings by [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME]. | Watson-Guptill Publications | [1975] | 3 | 2
TT848 .H377 | Guide to successful tapestry weaving / by [NAME]. |  |  | Harvey, [NAME]. | Pacific Search Press, | c1981. | 1 | 1
TT848 .H43 1978 | Weaving : a handbook of the fiber arts / [NAME]. |  |  | Held, [NAME] | Holt, [NAME] and Winston, | c1978. | 4 | 1
TT848 .H5 | Designer's drawloom : an introduction to drawloom weaving and repeat pattern planning. |  |  | Hindson, [NAME]. | Faber and Faber Ltd. | [1958]. | 1 | 0
[NAME] .H59 | Weaving primer : a complete guide to inkle, backstrap, and frame looms / Nina Holland. |  |  | Holland, Nina, 1934- | Chilton Book Co., | c1978. | 1 | 1
[NAME] | Suomen kansanomaiset nauhat; [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], Toini-Inkeri, 1913- | [NAME], | 1965. | 2 | 0
TT848 .K83 | Designing for weaving : a study guide for drafting, design, and color / [NAME]. |  |  | Kurtz, [NAME] | [NAME], | c1981. | 1 | 0
TT848 .L53 1986 | Hands on weaving / [NAME] ; illustrations by [NAME] ; photography by [NAME] ; cover by Signorella Graphic Arts. |  |  | Liebler, [NAME]. | Interweave Press, | c1986. | 8 | 5
TT848 .M37 | Off the loom; creating with fibre. |  |  | Marein, [NAME]. | Viking Press | [1972] | 5 | 2
[NAME] .M47 1987 | Spanish-American blanketry : its relationship to aboriginal weaving in the Southwest / by [NAME] ; with an introduction by [NAME] ; and a foreword by [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME] ([NAME]), 1875-1951. | School of American Research Press, | c1987. | 2 | 1
[NAME] .M66 | Weaving as an art form : a personal statement / [NAME] ; black and white photography by [NAME], color photography by [NAME]. |  |  | Moorman, [NAME]. | Van Nostrand Reinhold Co., | [1975] | 5 | 0
TT848 .M675 | Spiders' games : a book for beginning weavers / [NAME]. |  |  | Morrison, Phylis, 1927- | University of Washington Press, | c1979. | 2 | 2
TT848 .N93 | Swedish weaving, edited by [NAME]. |  |  | Nye, [NAME] | [NAME]; [NAME] Reinhold | [1972] | 8 | 0
TT848 .O9 | Contemporary handweaving [by] [NAME] [and] [NAME]. |  |  | Overman, [NAME]. | Iowa State College Press | [c1955] | 2 | 0
TT848 .P46 | Weaver's book of fabric design / [NAME]. |  |  | Phillips, [NAME], 1946- | St. Martin's Press, | c1983. | 3 | 0
TT848 .P5 1981 | Handweaver's pattern book : over 120 designs for upholstery, curtains, place mats, etc. / Iona Plath ; photographs by the author. |  |  | Plath, [NAME]. | Dover Publications, | 1981. | 3 | 2
TT848 .R43 | Art of weaving. |  |  | [NAME], Else, 1906- | Van Nostrand Reinhold Co. | [1970] | 2 | 1
TT848 .R44 | Weaver's study course, ideas and techniques / Else Regensteiner. |  |  | [NAME], Else, 1906- | Van Nostrand Reinhold Co., | [1975] | 1 | 0
TT848 .R443 1983 | Weaving sourcebook : ideas and techniques / Else Regensteiner. |  |  | [NAME], Else, 1906- | [NAME], | c1983. | 4 | 1
TT848 .S67 | Creating with card weaving; a simple, non-loom technique [by] [NAME] and Sandra Rawlings. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME]. | Crown Publishers | [1973] | 8 | 3
TT848 .S88 | Craft of the weaver / [NAME], [NAME], [NAME] ; edited by [NAME]. |  |  | Sutton, [NAME]. | Lark Books, | 1983, c1982. | 2 | 3
TT848 .S89 | Structure of weaving / [NAME] ; photography by [NAME]. |  |  | Sutton, [NAME]. | Lark Books, | c1982. | 5 | 1
TT848 .T55 | Weaver's book; fundamentals of handweaving. |  |  | Tidball, Harriet. | Macmillan, | c1961. | 0 | 1
TT848 .T7 | Hand-loom weaving; a manual for school and home, by [NAME], with an introduction by [NAME], with fifty-seven illustrations. |  |  | Todd, Mattie Phipps. | Rand, McNally & company | [c1902] | 0 | 1
TT848 .W48 | Weaving is creative; the weaver-controlled weaves [by] [NAME]. |  |  | Wilson, [NAME]. | [NAME] Reinhold | [c1972] | 1 | 0
TT848 .W52 | Weaving is fun; a guide for teachers, children & beginning weavers, about yarns, baskets, cloth & tapestry [by] [NAME]. |  |  | Wilson, [NAME]. | Van Nostrand Reinhold Co. | [1971] | 1 | 0
TT848 .Z53 | Master weaver library / [NAME], author ; [NAME], editor. | v.1 |  | [NAME], Stanislaw A. | [NAME], | 1979- | 3 | 0
TT848 .Z53 | Master weaver library / [NAME], author ; [NAME], editor. | v.2 |  | [NAME], Stanislaw A. | [NAME], | 1979- | 3 | 0
TT848 .Z53 | Master weaver library / [NAME], author ; [NAME], editor. | v.3 |  | [NAME], Stanislaw A. | [NAME], | 1979- | 1 | 0
TT848 .Z53 | Master weaver library / [NAME], author ; [NAME], editor. | v.4 |  | [NAME], Stanislaw A. | [NAME], | 1979- | 2 | 0
TT848 .Z53 | Master weaver library / [NAME], author ; [NAME], editor. | v.5 |  | [NAME], Stanislaw A. | [NAME], | 1979- | 4 | 0
TT848 .Z53 | Master weaver library / [NAME], author ; [NAME], editor. | v.6 |  | [NAME], Stanislaw A. | [NAME], | 1979- | 0 | 0
TT848 .Z53 | Master weaver library / [NAME], author ; [NAME], editor. | v.7 |  | [NAME], Stanislaw A. | [NAME], | 1979- | 0 | 0
TT848 .Z53 | Master weaver library / [NAME], author ; [NAME], editor. | v.8 |  | [NAME], Stanislaw A. | [NAME], | 1979- | 0 | 0
TT850 .B55 | Creative design in wall hangings; weaving patterns based on primitive and medieval art. |  |  | Blumenau, Lili. | Crown Publishers | [1967] | 1 | 0
TT850 .C6 | Techniques of rug weaving. |  |  | Collingwood, [NAME], 1922- | Watson-Guptill Publications | [1969, c1968] | 4 | 1
TT850 .K626 | Rug weaving : technique and design / [NAME]. |  |  | Knight, [NAME]. | Batsford, | 1980. | 6 | 2
TT850 .M43 | Rugweaving : techniques for two-harness / by [NAME]. |  |  | Mattera, Joanne, 1948- | Watson-Guptill Publications, | 1979. | 4 | 3
TT850 .M45 | Making contemporary rugs and wall hangings, by [NAME]. |  |  | Meilach, [NAME] | [NAME] | [1970] | 1 | 0
TT850 .S37 | Rugs & wall hangings: period designs and contemporary techniques. Original designs and illus. by [NAME]. |  |  | Scobey, [NAME]. | Dial Press, | 1974. | 2 | 0
TT850 .W46 | Techniques of rya knotting [by] [NAME]. |  |  | Willcox, [NAME], 1933- | [NAME] Reinhold | [1971] | 2 | 1
TT850 .W49 | Rag tapestries and wool mosaics. |  |  | Wiseman, [NAME], 1926- | Van Nostrand Reinhold Co. | [1969] | 1 | 1
TT850 .Z3 | Complete book of rug hooking. |  |  | Zarbock, [NAME] | [NAME] | [1961] | 2 | 0
TT 851 .D79 1993 | Fabric painting and dyeing for the theatre / [NAME]. |  |  | Dryden, [NAME] | Heinemann, | c1993. | 4 | 1
TT 853 .C49 1995 | Creating great designs on a limited budget / Lee Chartier & Scott Mason. |  |  | Chartier, [NAME], 1955- | North Light Books, | c1995. | 1 | 1
[NAME] .B37 | Ikat technique / [NAME]. |  |  | Battenfield, [NAME]. | [NAME], | 1978. | 5 | 0
[NAME] .N34 | Japanese stencil dyeing : paste-resist techniques / by Eisha Nakano, with [NAME]. |  |  | Nakano, [NAME], 1937- | Weatherhill, | 1982. | 9 | 0
[NAME] .T65 1982 | Japanese ikat weaving : the techniques of kasuri / Jun and [NAME]. |  |  | Tomita, Jun. | Routledge & K. Paul, | 1982. | 3 | 3
TT 854.3 .L55 1990 | Art and craft of natural dyeing : traditional recipes for modern use / [NAME]. |  |  | Liles, [NAME], 1930- | University of Tennessee Press, | c1990. | 9 | 0
TT 854.3 .S2713 1997 | Red dyes : cochineal, madder, and murex purple : a world tour of textile techniques / [NAME] ; [translation from the Swedish, [NAME]]. |  |  | Sandberg, [NAME], 1915- | Lark Books, | c1997. | 2 | 0
TT854.3 .B55 | Handbook of dyes from natural materials / [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME]. | Scribner, | c1981. | 7 | 0
TT854.3 .G66 | Dyer's manual / [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME], 1917- | [NAME], | c1982. | 7 | 1
TT854.3 .R52 1980 | Mushrooms for color / [NAME], [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME] | Mad River Press, | c1980. | 12 | 1
TT854.5 .K58 1986 | Synthetic dyes for natural fibers / [NAME]. |  |  | Knutson, [NAME], 1944- | Interweave Press, | 1986. | 4 | 0
TT857 .P43 2004 | Gem and ornamental materials of organic origin / [NAME]. |  |  | Pedersen, [NAME]. | Elsevier Butterworth-Heinemann, | 2004. | 1 | 1
TT860 .M86 | Beadwork from American Indian designs. |  |  | Murphy, [NAME], 1937- | Watson-Guptill Publications | [1974] | 10 | 5
TT860 .W34 | Bead design; a comprehensive course for beginner and experienced craftsman, by [NAME] and [NAME]. |  |  | Wasley, [NAME]. | Crown Publishers | [1970] | 9 | 5
TT860 .W58 1972 | How to do beadwork. Illustrated by the author. |  |  | White, [NAME], 1869- | Dover Publications | [1972] | 10 | 4
TT 870 .L26 1988 | Complete book of origami : step-by-step instructions in over 1000 diagrams : 37 original models / [NAME] ; photography by [NAME]. |  |  | Lang, [NAME] | Dover, | 1988. | 32 | 29
TT870 .B23 1982 | Design with paper in art and graphic design / [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME], 1907- | [NAME], | c1982. | 12 | 1
TT870 .H35 | Creating with corrugated paper. |  |  | Hartung, Rolf. | [NAME]. Corp. | [1966, c1965] | 2 | 1
TT870 .H378 | Paper cutting : making all kinds of paper shapes and figures / by [NAME]. |  |  | Hawkesworth, [NAME]. | [NAME] and [NAME], | 1976. | 5 | 1
TT870 .H593 | All about origami. [Translated by [NAME]] |  |  | Honda, Isao, 1888- | Toto Bunka Co.; distributed by Japan Publications Trading Co. | [c1960] | 42 | 31
TT870 .L2614 2003 | Origami design secrets : mathematical methods for an ancient art / [NAME]. |  |  | Lang, [NAME][NAME]), 1961- | [NAME], | c2003. | 8 | 3
TT870 .L75 | Art of wrapping gifts. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME]. | Studio Publications in association with [NAME] | [c1950] | 2 | 1
TT870 .P74 | All kinds of papercrafts / [NAME] ; with ill. by the author. |  |  | Portchmouth, [NAME]. | Viking Press, | 1973, c1972. | 6 | 1
TT870 .R3 | Art of origami; paper folding, traditional and modern. Illus. by [NAME]; pref. by [NAME]; introd. by [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME]. | [NAME] | [1961] | 40 | 24
TT870 .R6 | Creative paper design. |  |  | RoÌˆttger, [NAME]. | [NAME]. Corp. | [1961, c1959] | 2 | 1
TT870 .S7 | Creating with tissue paper; design, technique, decoration, by [NAME]. |  |  | Stephan, [NAME] | Crown Publishers | [1973] | 6 | 1
TT870 .T7316 1998 | Mexican papercutting : simple techniques for creating colorful cut-paper projects / [NAME]. |  |  | Trenchard, [NAME]. | Lark Books, | c1998. | 2 | 1
TT870 .W65 | Make it with paper [by] [NAME] and Orvelo Wood. |  |  | Wood, [NAME]. | D. McKay Co. | [1970] | 5 | 2
TT871 .A48 | Original creations with papier [NAME] |  |  | [NAME], Mildred. | Sterling Pub. Co. | [1968, c1967] | 5 | 2
TT871 .A5 | Papier maÌ‚cheÌ and how to use it. |  |  | [NAME], Mildred. | Sterling Pub. Co. | [1965] | 5 | 2
TT871 .K4 | Art of papier maÌ‚cheÌ [by] [NAME] and [NAME]. With drawings and photos. by the authors. |  |  | Kenny, [NAME]. | Chilton | [1968] | 5 | 0
TT871 .K88 | Art and design in papier-maÌ‚cheÌ. Photos. and drawings by the author. |  |  | Kuykendall, [NAME]. | Hearthside Press | [c1968] | 6 | 0
TT871 .M45 | Papier-maÌ‚cheÌ artistry [by] [NAME]. |  |  | Meilach, [NAME] | Crown | [1971] | 7 | 0
TT871 .S52 | Decorative treasures from papier-mache, by [NAME] with [NAME]. Photos. by [NAME] and the author. |  |  | Shannon, [NAME]. | Hearthside Press | [1970] | 6 | 0
TT 879 .B3 A7 1990 | Baskets in Polynesia / by [NAME] ; with photographs by [NAME]. |  |  | Arbeit, [NAME]. | University of Hawaii Press, | c1990. | 7 | 1
TT 879 .B3 M853 1991 | Decorative marshallese baskets / [NAME]. |  |  | Mulford, [NAME]. | s.n.], | c1991 | 3 | 1
TT879.B3 C68 | Baskets & beyond / by [NAME]. |  |  | Coutts, Lucele. | Watson-Guptill Publications, | c1977. | 4 | 2
TT879.B3 H36 | Natural basketry / by Carol and [NAME]. |  |  | Hart, Carol, 1944- | Watson-Guptill Publications, | 1976. | 15 | 1
TT879.B3 H37 | Techniques of basketry [by] [NAME]. |  |  | Harvey, [NAME] | [NAME] Reinhold | [1974] | 7 | 2
TT879.B3 [NAME] | Adventure into basketry for boys and girls of all ages / the book and drawings by [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME]. | Mills & Boon | [c1960] | 3 | 3
TT879.B3 M44 | Modern approach to basketry with fibers and grasses, using coiling, twining, weaving, macrameÌ, crocheting / by [NAME]. |  |  | Meilach, [NAME] | [NAME], | [1974] | 6 | 2
TT880 .E9 1988 | Exquisite : the world of Japanese kumihimo braiding / editor, [NAME] ; with photographs by [NAME]. |  |  |  | Kodansha International ; Kodansha International/USA : distributed by Harper & Row, | 1988. | 7 | 1
TT880 .H4 1990 | Quillwork companion : an illustrated guide to techniques of porcupine quill embroidery / by [NAME]. |  |  | Heinbuch, [NAME]. | Eagle's View Pub. Co., | c1990. | 0 | 1
TT880 .S67 | Rock and stone craft. |  |  | Sommer, Elyse. | Crown Publishers | [1973] | 4 | 2
TT890 .W55 | Making paper and fabric flowers. Drawings by [NAME]. |  |  | Wilder, [NAME]. | Hearthside Press | [1969] | 2 | 0
TT892 .S83 | Making paper flowers, by [NAME]. [Translated by [NAME] and [NAME]. Photos. by [NAME]] |  |  | StroÌˆse, [NAME]. | Sterling Pub. Co. | [1970] | 2 | 1
TT896.5 .H57 | Complete candlemaker. Photos. and drawings by [NAME]. |  |  | Hirst-Smith, [NAME]. | Van Nostrand Reinhold Co. | [1974] | 13 | 0
TT896.5 .N48 | Creative candlemaking, by [NAME]. |  |  | Newman, [NAME] | Crown Publishers | [1972] | 12 | 1
TT896.5 .W38 | How to make candles. Illustrated by [NAME]. |  |  | Weakley, [NAME]. | Highland Publications, | 1971] | 16 | 2
TT896.7 .N48 | Egg craft, written and illustrated by Arden J. Newsome. |  |  | Newsome, Arden J. | Lothrop, [NAME] and Shepard Co., | [1973] | 2 | 0
TT896.7 .N49 | Egg decorating, plain & fancy, by Arden J. Newsome. |  |  | Newsome, Arden J. | Crown Publishers | [1973] | 2 | 0
TT 898 .J36 1990 | Prop builder's mask-making handbook / [NAME]. |  |  | James, Thurston, 1933- | Betterway Publications, | c1990. | 6 | 0
TT898 .S58 | Making masks for school plays. |  |  | Snook, [NAME]. | Plays, inc. | [1972] | 2 | 2
TT910 .C36 2002 | Making shadow boxes and shrines / [NAME]. |  |  | Cano-Murillo, [NAME]. | Rockport Publishers, | c2002. | 0 | 1
TT910 .C6 | Introducing fabric collage. |  |  | Connor, [NAME]. | Batsford; [NAME], | 1969. | 3 | 1
TT916 .W65 1995 | 3-D wizardry : design in papier-maÌ‚cheÌ, plaster, and foam / [NAME]. |  |  | Wolfe, [NAME], 1933- | Davis Publications, | c1995. | 0 | 0
TT 919.5 .F68 1992 | Illustrated dictionary of practical pottery / [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME], 1915- | A & C Black, | 1992. | 11 | 1
TT 919.5 .H35 1997 | [NAME]'s dictionary of materials and techniques / [NAME] and [NAME]. |  |  | Hamer, [NAME]. | A & C Black ; University of Pennsylvania Press, | 1997. | 1 | 1
TT 920 .H47 1994 | Sawdust firing / [NAME]. |  |  | Hessenberg, Karin. | University of Pennsylvannia Press, | 1994. | 7 | 1
TT 920 .H66 1986 | Functional pottery : form and aesthetic in pots of purpose / [NAME]. |  |  | Hopper, [NAME]. | Chilton Book Co., | c1986. | 13 | 2
TT 920 .P44 1994 | Throwing / Richard Phethean. |  |  | Phethean, [NAME]. | University of Pennsylvania Press, | 1994, c1993 | 5 | 2
TT 920 .R23 1989 | Ceramic techniques / [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME]. | Hamlyn, | 1989. | 10 | 1
TT 920 .W49 1994 | Porcelain / Caroline Whyman. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME]. | University of Pennsylvania Press, | 1994. | 8 | 2
TT920 .B44 2005 | Woodfired pottery / [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME]. | Catskill Press / Mountain Arts, | 2005. | 1 | 1
TT920 .B575 1988 | Pottery : a complete guide to techniques for the beginner / [NAME]. |  |  | Birks, [NAME], 1937- | Lark Books, | c1988. | 7 | 1
TT920 .C47 | Ceramics, mosaics, and stained glass : a creative introduction to methods and materials / edited by [NAME]. |  |  |  | D. McKay Co., | c1977. | 4 | 3
TT920 .C66 | Electric kiln pottery : the complete guide / [NAME]. |  |  | Cooper, Emmanuel | [NAME], | c1982 | 3 | 1
TT920 .C6713 1974 | Ceramics. [English version by [NAME] and [NAME]] |  |  | Cottier-Angeli, Fiorella. | [NAME] Reinhold | [1974, c1972] | 3 | 2
TT920 .C7 | Penland School of Crafts book of pottery / edited by [NAME] ; with photography by [NAME]. |  |  | Coyne, [NAME]. | Bobbs-Merrill, | [1975] | 7 | 0
TT920 .D47 2002 | Stoneware / Richard Dewar. |  |  | Dewar, [NAME]. | A & C Black ; University of Pennsylvania Press, | 2002. | 2 | 5
TT920 .G74 1992 | Sculptural ceramics / [NAME]. |  |  | Gregory, [NAME], 1942- | A & C Black ; Chilton, | 1992. | 0 | 0
TT920 .H178 1997 | [NAME]'s primer / [NAME]. |  |  | Hall, Morgen. | Krause, | c1997. | 1 | 2
TT920 .H37 2006 | Coiling / [NAME]. |  |  | Hardy, [NAME]. | A & C Black ; University of Pennsylvania Press, | 2006. | 0 | 1
TT920 .J64 | Introducing handbuilt pottery. |  |  | Jolly, [NAME]. | [NAME]; Watson-Guptill Publications | [1974, c1973] | 10 | 1
TT920 .N53 1986 | Claywork : form and idea in ceramic design / [NAME]. |  |  | Nigrosh, [NAME] | Davis Publications, | c1986. | 19 | 3
TT920 .P4147 2008 | Smoke firing : contemporary artists and approaches / [NAME]. |  |  | Perryman, [NAME]. | A & C Black ; University of Pennsylvania Press, | 2008. | 2 | 4
TT920 .P69 | Further steps in pottery. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME]. | Blandford Press | [c1962] | 2 | 0
TT920 .R49 | Pottery form / [NAME] ; photos. by [NAME]. |  |  | Rhodes, [NAME], 1911- | Chilton Book Co., | c1976. | 14 | 2
TT920 .R64 2000 | Throwing pots / [NAME]. |  |  | Rogers, [NAME], 1951- | A. & C. Black, | 2000. | 0 | 1
TT920 .S26 1974 | How to make pottery, by [NAME]. |  |  | Sanders, [NAME] | Watson-Guptill Publications | [1974] | 9 | 1
TT920 .S27 | Clay, the potter's wheel / [NAME] ; photographs by [NAME] and the author. |  |  | Sapiro, [NAME]. | Davis Publications, | c1977. | 8 | 1
TT920 .S5 | Pottery decoration / by [NAME]. |  |  | Shafer, [NAME], 1937- | Watson-Guptill Publications, | 1976. | 5 | 0
TT920 .S74 1986 | Basic ceramics / [NAME] ; photography by [NAME] ; drawings by [NAME]. |  |  | Steinzor, [NAME], 1924- | Prentice-Hall, | c1986. | 15 | 3
TT920 .T48 | Basic pottery for the student [by] [NAME]. |  |  | Thorp, [NAME] | Academy Editions; St. Martin's Press | [1973] | 4 | 3
TT920 .U83 | Using clay in the visual arts program : a resource guide. |  |  |  | Dept. of Curriculum and Instruction, Board of Public Education, | 1972. | 5 | 1
TT920 .W45 | Getting into pots : a basic pottery manual / George & Nancy Wettlaufer. |  |  | Wettlaufer, [NAME]. | Prentice-Hall, | c1976. | 8 | 0
TT920 .Z36 1999 | What every potter should know / [NAME]. |  |  | Zamek, [NAME]. | Krause Publications, | c1999. | 3 | 2
TT 921.5 .C48 1991 | [NAME]'s complete book of clay and glazes / [NAME]. |  |  | Chappell, [NAME], 1942- | Watson-Guptill Publications, | 1991. | 23 | 3
TT921.5 .G38 2005 | Paper clay / [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], Rosette. | A & C Black ; University of Pennsylvania Press, | c2005 | 5 | 2
TT922 .C656 2004 | [NAME]'s book of glaze recipes / [NAME]. |  |  | Cooper, Emmanuel. | A & C Black ; University [of] Pennsylvania Press, | 2004. | 3 | 2
TT922 .C74 1997 | Crystalline glazes / [NAME]. |  |  | Creber, [NAME]. | A & C Black ; University of Pennsylvannia Press, | 1997. | 4 | 7
TT922 .C74 2005 | Crystalline glazes / [NAME]. |  |  | Creber, [NAME]. | A. & C. Black, | 2005. | 4 | 1
TT922 .F7 | Glazes for the craft potter [by] [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME], 1937- | Pitman; Watson-Guptill Publications | [1974, c1973] | 4 | 1
TT922 .G73 | Chinese stoneware glazes / by [NAME] ; photography of the author's work by [NAME]. |  |  | Grebanier, [NAME], 1912- | Watson-Guptill Publications, | 1975. | 6 | 0
TT922 .O88 1999 | New maiolica : contemporary approaches to colour and technique / [NAME]. |  |  | Ostermann, Matthias. | A & C Black ; University of Pennsylvania Press, | 1999. | 2 | 2
TT922 .S26 | Glazes for special effects, by [NAME]. |  |  | Sanders, [NAME] | Watson-Guptill Publications | [1974] | 7 | 1
TT922 .T76 | Salt-glazed ceramics / by [NAME]. |  |  | Troy, [NAME], 1938- | Watson-Guptill Publications, | 1977. | 3 | 0
[NAME] .C64 | Kiln building with space-age materials / [NAME] ; drawings by [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME] | [NAME], | 1975. | 14 | 1
TT924 .F68 | Electric kiln construction for potters / [NAME] ; photos. by [NAME] ; diagrams by [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME], 1915- | [NAME], | 1977. | 5 | 0
[NAME] | Kiln book : materials, specifications, and construction / [NAME]. |  |  | [NAME], [NAME] | Chilton Book Co., | c1983. | 18 | 0
TT924 .W38 2004 | Alternative kilns & firing techniques : raku, saggar, pit, barrel / [NAME] & Paul Andrew Wandless. |  |  | Watkins, [NAME], 1951- | Lark Books, | c2004. | 0 | 0